/* * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 by Martin C. Shepherd. * * All rights reserved. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, * distribute, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons * to whom the Software is furnished to do so, provided that the above * copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in all copies of * the Software and that both the above copyright notice(s) and this * permission notice appear in supporting documentation. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT * OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR * HOLDERS INCLUDED IN THIS NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL * INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING * FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION * WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. * * Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use * or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization * of the copyright holder. */ /* * Copyright 2004 Sun Microsystems, Inc. All rights reserved. * Use is subject to license terms. * Copyright (c) 2016 by Delphix. All rights reserved. */ #pragma ident "%Z%%M% %I% %E% SMI" /* * Standard headers. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include /* * UNIX headers. */ #include #ifdef HAVE_SELECT #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H #include #endif #include #include #endif /* * Handle the different sources of terminal control string and size * information. Note that if no terminal information database is available, * ANSI VT100 control sequences are used. */ #if defined(USE_TERMINFO) || defined(USE_TERMCAP) /* * Include curses.h or ncurses/curses.h depending on which is available. */ #ifdef HAVE_CURSES_H #include #elif defined(HAVE_NCURSES_CURSES_H) #include #endif /* * Include term.h where available. */ #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) #include #elif defined(HAVE_NCURSES_TERM_H) #include #endif /* * When using termcap, include termcap.h on systems that have it. * Otherwise assume that all prototypes are provided by curses.h. */ #if defined(USE_TERMCAP) && defined(HAVE_TERMCAP_H) #include #endif /* * Under Solaris default Curses the output function that tputs takes is * declared to have a char argument. On all other systems and on Solaris * X/Open Curses (Issue 4, Version 2) it expects an int argument (using * c89 or options -I /usr/xpg4/include -L /usr/xpg4/lib -R /usr/xpg4/lib * selects XPG4v2 Curses on Solaris 2.6 and later). * * Similarly, under Mac OS X, the return value of the tputs output * function is declared as void, whereas it is declared as int on * other systems. */ #if defined __sun && defined __SVR4 && !defined _XOPEN_CURSES typedef int TputsRetType; typedef char TputsArgType; /* int tputs(char c, FILE *fp) */ #define TPUTS_RETURNS_VALUE 1 #elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__) typedef void TputsRetType; typedef int TputsArgType; /* void tputs(int c, FILE *fp) */ #define TPUTS_RETURNS_VALUE 0 #else typedef int TputsRetType; typedef int TputsArgType; /* int tputs(int c, FILE *fp) */ #define TPUTS_RETURNS_VALUE 1 #endif /* * Use the above specifications to prototype our tputs callback function. */ static TputsRetType gl_tputs_putchar(TputsArgType c); #endif /* defined(USE_TERMINFO) || defined(USE_TERMCAP) */ /* * If the library is being compiled without filesystem access facilities, * ensure that none of the action functions that normally do access the * filesystem are bound by default, and that it they do get bound, that * they don't do anything. */ #if WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM #define HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM #endif /* * POSIX headers. */ #include #include #include /* * Provide typedefs for standard POSIX structures. */ typedef struct sigaction SigAction; typedef struct termios Termios; /* * Which flag is used to select non-blocking I/O with fcntl()? */ #undef NON_BLOCKING_FLAG #if defined(O_NONBLOCK) #define NON_BLOCKING_FLAG (O_NONBLOCK) #elif defined(O_NDELAY) #define NON_BLOCKING_FLAG (O_NDELAY) #endif /* * What value should we give errno if I/O blocks when it shouldn't. */ #undef BLOCKED_ERRNO #if defined(EAGAIN) #define BLOCKED_ERRNO (EAGAIN) #elif defined(EWOULDBLOCK) #define BLOCKED_ERRNO (EWOULDBLOCK) #elif defined(EIO) #define BLOCKED_ERRNO (EIO) #else #define BLOCKED_ERRNO 0 #endif /* * Local headers. */ #ifndef WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM #include "pathutil.h" #endif #include "libtecla.h" #include "keytab.h" #include "getline.h" #include "ioutil.h" #include "history.h" #include "freelist.h" #include "stringrp.h" #include "chrqueue.h" #include "cplmatch.h" #ifndef WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM #include "expand.h" #endif #include "errmsg.h" /* * Enumerate the available editing styles. */ typedef enum { GL_EMACS_MODE, /* Emacs style editing */ GL_VI_MODE, /* Vi style editing */ GL_NO_EDITOR /* Fall back to the basic OS-provided editing */ } GlEditor; /* * Set the largest key-sequence that can be handled. */ #define GL_KEY_MAX 64 /* * In vi mode, the following datatype is used to implement the * undo command. It records a copy of the input line from before * the command-mode action which edited the input line. */ typedef struct { char *line; /* A historical copy of the input line */ int buff_curpos; /* The historical location of the cursor in */ /* line[] when the line was modified. */ int ntotal; /* The number of characters in line[] */ int saved; /* True once a line has been saved after the */ /* last call to gl_interpret_char(). */ } ViUndo; /* * In vi mode, the following datatype is used to record information * needed by the vi-repeat-change command. */ typedef struct { KtAction action; /* The last action function that made a */ /* change to the line. */ int count; /* The repeat count that was passed to the */ /* above command. */ int input_curpos; /* Whenever vi command mode is entered, the */ /* the position at which it was first left */ /* is recorded here. */ int command_curpos; /* Whenever vi command mode is entered, the */ /* the location of the cursor is recorded */ /* here. */ char input_char; /* Commands that call gl_read_terminal() */ /* record the character here, so that it can */ /* used on repeating the function. */ int saved; /* True if a function has been saved since the */ /* last call to gl_interpret_char(). */ int active; /* True while a function is being repeated. */ } ViRepeat; /* * The following datatype is used to encapsulate information specific * to vi mode. */ typedef struct { ViUndo undo; /* Information needed to implement the vi */ /* undo command. */ ViRepeat repeat; /* Information needed to implement the vi */ /* repeat command. */ int command; /* True in vi command-mode */ int find_forward; /* True if the last character search was in the */ /* forward direction. */ int find_onto; /* True if the last character search left the */ /* on top of the located character, as opposed */ /* to just before or after it. */ char find_char; /* The last character sought, or '\0' if no */ /* searches have been performed yet. */ } ViMode; #ifdef HAVE_SELECT /* * Define a type for recording a file-descriptor callback and its associated * data. */ typedef struct { GlFdEventFn *fn; /* The callback function */ void *data; /* Anonymous data to pass to the callback function */ } GlFdHandler; /* * A list of nodes of the following type is used to record file-activity * event handlers, but only on systems that have the select() system call. */ typedef struct GlFdNode GlFdNode; struct GlFdNode { GlFdNode *next; /* The next in the list of nodes */ int fd; /* The file descriptor being watched */ GlFdHandler rd; /* The callback to call when fd is readable */ GlFdHandler wr; /* The callback to call when fd is writable */ GlFdHandler ur; /* The callback to call when fd has urgent data */ }; /* * Set the number of the above structures to allocate every time that * the freelist of GlFdNode's becomes exhausted. */ #define GLFD_FREELIST_BLOCKING 10 static int gl_call_fd_handler(GetLine *gl, GlFdHandler *gfh, int fd, GlFdEvent event); static int gl_call_timeout_handler(GetLine *gl); #endif /* * Each signal that gl_get_line() traps is described by a list node * of the following type. */ typedef struct GlSignalNode GlSignalNode; struct GlSignalNode { GlSignalNode *next; /* The next signal in the list */ int signo; /* The number of the signal */ sigset_t proc_mask; /* A process mask which only includes signo */ SigAction original; /* The signal disposition of the calling program */ /* for this signal. */ unsigned flags; /* A bitwise union of GlSignalFlags enumerators */ GlAfterSignal after; /* What to do after the signal has been handled */ int errno_value; /* What to set errno to */ }; /* * Set the number of the above structures to allocate every time that * the freelist of GlSignalNode's becomes exhausted. */ #define GLS_FREELIST_BLOCKING 30 /* * Completion handlers and their callback data are recorded in * nodes of the following type. */ typedef struct GlCplCallback GlCplCallback; struct GlCplCallback { CplMatchFn *fn; /* The completion callback function */ void *data; /* Arbitrary callback data */ }; /* * The following function is used as the default completion handler when * the filesystem is to be hidden. It simply reports no completions. */ #ifdef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM static CPL_MATCH_FN(gl_no_completions); #endif /* * Specify how many GlCplCallback nodes are added to the GlCplCallback freelist * whenever it becomes exhausted. */ #define GL_CPL_FREELIST_BLOCKING 10 /* * External action functions and their callback data are recorded in * nodes of the following type. */ typedef struct GlExternalAction GlExternalAction; struct GlExternalAction { GlActionFn *fn; /* The function which implements the action */ void *data; /* Arbitrary callback data */ }; /* * Specify how many GlExternalAction nodes are added to the * GlExternalAction freelist whenever it becomes exhausted. */ #define GL_EXT_ACT_FREELIST_BLOCKING 10 /* * Define the contents of the GetLine object. * Note that the typedef for this object can be found in libtecla.h. */ struct GetLine { ErrMsg *err; /* The error-reporting buffer */ GlHistory *glh; /* The line-history buffer */ WordCompletion *cpl; /* String completion resource object */ GlCplCallback cplfn; /* The completion callback */ #ifndef WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM ExpandFile *ef; /* ~user/, $envvar and wildcard expansion */ /* resource object. */ #endif StringGroup *capmem; /* Memory for recording terminal capability */ /* strings. */ GlCharQueue *cq; /* The terminal output character queue */ int input_fd; /* The file descriptor to read on */ int output_fd; /* The file descriptor to write to */ FILE *input_fp; /* A stream wrapper around input_fd */ FILE *output_fp; /* A stream wrapper around output_fd */ FILE *file_fp; /* When input is being temporarily taken from */ /* a file, this is its file-pointer. Otherwise */ /* it is NULL. */ char *term; /* The terminal type specified on the last call */ /* to gl_change_terminal(). */ int is_term; /* True if stdin is a terminal */ GlWriteFn *flush_fn; /* The function to call to write to the terminal */ GlIOMode io_mode; /* The I/O mode established by gl_io_mode() */ int raw_mode; /* True while the terminal is in raw mode */ GlPendingIO pending_io; /* The type of I/O that is currently pending */ GlReturnStatus rtn_status; /* The reason why gl_get_line() returned */ int rtn_errno; /* THe value of errno associated with rtn_status */ size_t linelen; /* The max number of characters per line */ char *line; /* A line-input buffer of allocated size */ /* linelen+2. The extra 2 characters are */ /* reserved for "\n\0". */ char *cutbuf; /* A cut-buffer of the same size as line[] */ char *prompt; /* The current prompt string */ int prompt_len; /* The length of the prompt string */ int prompt_changed; /* True after a callback changes the prompt */ int prompt_style; /* How the prompt string is displayed */ FreeList *cpl_mem; /* Memory for GlCplCallback objects */ FreeList *ext_act_mem; /* Memory for GlExternalAction objects */ FreeList *sig_mem; /* Memory for nodes of the signal list */ GlSignalNode *sigs; /* The head of the list of signals */ int signals_masked; /* True between calls to gl_mask_signals() and */ /* gl_unmask_signals() */ int signals_overriden; /* True between calls to gl_override_signals() */ /* and gl_restore_signals() */ sigset_t all_signal_set; /* The set of all signals that we are trapping */ sigset_t old_signal_set; /* The set of blocked signals on entry to */ /* gl_get_line(). */ sigset_t use_signal_set; /* The subset of all_signal_set to unblock */ /* while waiting for key-strokes */ Termios oldattr; /* Saved terminal attributes. */ KeyTab *bindings; /* A table of key-bindings */ int ntotal; /* The number of characters in gl->line[] */ int buff_curpos; /* The cursor position within gl->line[] */ int term_curpos; /* The cursor position on the terminal */ int term_len; /* The number of terminal characters used to */ /* display the current input line. */ int buff_mark; /* A marker location in the buffer */ int insert_curpos; /* The cursor position at start of insert */ int insert; /* True in insert mode */ int number; /* If >= 0, a numeric argument is being read */ int endline; /* True to tell gl_get_input_line() to return */ /* the current contents of gl->line[] */ int displayed; /* True if an input line is currently displayed */ int redisplay; /* If true, the input line will be redrawn */ /* either after the current action function */ /* returns, or when gl_get_input_line() */ /* is next called. */ int postpone; /* _gl_normal_io() sets this flag, to */ /* postpone any redisplays until */ /* is next called, to resume line editing. */ char keybuf[GL_KEY_MAX+1]; /* A buffer of currently unprocessed key presses */ int nbuf; /* The number of characters in keybuf[] */ int nread; /* The number of characters read from keybuf[] */ KtAction current_action; /* The action function that is being invoked */ int current_count; /* The repeat count passed to */ /* current_acction.fn() */ GlhLineID preload_id; /* When not zero, this should be the ID of a */ /* line in the history buffer for potential */ /* recall. */ int preload_history; /* If true, preload the above history line when */ /* gl_get_input_line() is next called. */ long keyseq_count; /* The number of key sequences entered by the */ /* the user since new_GetLine() was called. */ long last_search; /* The value of keyseq_count during the last */ /* history search operation. */ GlEditor editor; /* The style of editing, (eg. vi or emacs) */ int silence_bell; /* True if gl_ring_bell() should do nothing. */ int automatic_history; /* True to automatically archive entered lines */ /* in the history list. */ ViMode vi; /* Parameters used when editing in vi mode */ const char *left; /* The string that moves the cursor 1 character */ /* left. */ const char *right; /* The string that moves the cursor 1 character */ /* right. */ const char *up; /* The string that moves the cursor 1 character */ /* up. */ const char *down; /* The string that moves the cursor 1 character */ /* down. */ const char *home; /* The string that moves the cursor home */ const char *bol; /* Move cursor to beginning of line */ const char *clear_eol; /* The string that clears from the cursor to */ /* the end of the line. */ const char *clear_eod; /* The string that clears from the cursor to */ /* the end of the display. */ const char *u_arrow; /* The string returned by the up-arrow key */ const char *d_arrow; /* The string returned by the down-arrow key */ const char *l_arrow; /* The string returned by the left-arrow key */ const char *r_arrow; /* The string returned by the right-arrow key */ const char *sound_bell; /* The string needed to ring the terminal bell */ const char *bold; /* Switch to the bold font */ const char *underline; /* Underline subsequent characters */ const char *standout; /* Turn on standout mode */ const char *dim; /* Switch to a dim font */ const char *reverse; /* Turn on reverse video */ const char *blink; /* Switch to a blinking font */ const char *text_attr_off; /* Turn off all text attributes */ int nline; /* The height of the terminal in lines */ int ncolumn; /* The width of the terminal in columns */ #ifdef USE_TERMCAP char *tgetent_buf; /* The buffer that is used by tgetent() to */ /* store a terminal description. */ char *tgetstr_buf; /* The buffer that is used by tgetstr() to */ /* store terminal capabilities. */ #endif #ifdef USE_TERMINFO const char *left_n; /* The parameter string that moves the cursor */ /* n characters left. */ const char *right_n; /* The parameter string that moves the cursor */ /* n characters right. */ #endif char *app_file; /* The pathname of the application-specific */ /* .teclarc configuration file, or NULL. */ char *user_file; /* The pathname of the user-specific */ /* .teclarc configuration file, or NULL. */ int configured; /* True as soon as any teclarc configuration */ /* file has been read. */ int echo; /* True to display the line as it is being */ /* entered. If 0, only the prompt will be */ /* displayed, and the line will not be */ /* archived in the history list. */ int last_signal; /* The last signal that was caught by */ /* the last call to gl_get_line(), or -1 */ /* if no signal has been caught yet. */ #ifdef HAVE_SELECT FreeList *fd_node_mem; /* A freelist of GlFdNode structures */ GlFdNode *fd_nodes; /* The list of fd event descriptions */ fd_set rfds; /* The set of fds to watch for readability */ fd_set wfds; /* The set of fds to watch for writability */ fd_set ufds; /* The set of fds to watch for urgent data */ int max_fd; /* The maximum file-descriptor being watched */ struct { /* Inactivity timeout related data */ struct timeval dt; /* The inactivity timeout when timer.fn() */ /* isn't 0 */ GlTimeoutFn *fn; /* The application callback to call when */ /* the inactivity timer expires, or 0 if */ /* timeouts are not required. */ void *data; /* Application provided data to be passed to */ /* timer.fn(). */ } timer; #endif }; /* * Define the max amount of space needed to store a termcap terminal * description. Unfortunately this has to be done by guesswork, so * there is the potential for buffer overflows if we guess too small. * Fortunately termcap has been replaced by terminfo on most * platforms, and with terminfo this isn't an issue. The value that I * am using here is the conventional value, as recommended by certain * web references. */ #ifdef USE_TERMCAP #define TERMCAP_BUF_SIZE 2048 #endif /* * Set the size of the string segments used to store terminal capability * strings. */ #define CAPMEM_SEGMENT_SIZE 512 /* * If no terminal size information is available, substitute the * following vt100 default sizes. */ #define GL_DEF_NLINE 24 #define GL_DEF_NCOLUMN 80 /* * Enumerate the attributes needed to classify different types of * signals. These attributes reflect the standard default * characteristics of these signals (according to Richard Steven's * Advanced Programming in the UNIX Environment). Note that these values * are all powers of 2, so that they can be combined in a bitwise union. */ typedef enum { GLSA_TERM=1, /* A signal that terminates processes */ GLSA_SUSP=2, /* A signal that suspends processes */ GLSA_CONT=4, /* A signal that is sent when suspended processes resume */ GLSA_IGN=8, /* A signal that is ignored */ GLSA_CORE=16, /* A signal that generates a core dump */ GLSA_HARD=32, /* A signal generated by a hardware exception */ GLSA_SIZE=64 /* A signal indicating terminal size changes */ } GlSigAttr; /* * List the signals that we need to catch. In general these are * those that by default terminate or suspend the process, since * in such cases we need to restore terminal settings. */ static const struct GlDefSignal { int signo; /* The number of the signal */ unsigned flags; /* A bitwise union of GlSignalFlags enumerators */ GlAfterSignal after; /* What to do after the signal has been delivered */ int attr; /* The default attributes of this signal, expressed */ /* as a bitwise union of GlSigAttr enumerators */ int errno_value; /* What to set errno to */ } gl_signal_list[] = { {SIGABRT, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_ABORT, GLSA_TERM|GLSA_CORE, EINTR}, {SIGALRM, GLS_RESTORE_ENV, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_TERM, 0}, {SIGCONT, GLS_RESTORE_ENV, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_CONT|GLSA_IGN, 0}, #if defined(SIGHUP) #ifdef ENOTTY {SIGHUP, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_ABORT, GLSA_TERM, ENOTTY}, #else {SIGHUP, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_ABORT, GLSA_TERM, EINTR}, #endif #endif {SIGINT, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_ABORT, GLSA_TERM, EINTR}, #if defined(SIGPIPE) #ifdef EPIPE {SIGPIPE, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_ABORT, GLSA_TERM, EPIPE}, #else {SIGPIPE, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_ABORT, GLSA_TERM, EINTR}, #endif #endif #ifdef SIGPOLL {SIGPOLL, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_ABORT, GLSA_TERM, EINTR}, #endif #ifdef SIGPWR {SIGPWR, GLS_RESTORE_ENV, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_IGN, 0}, #endif #ifdef SIGQUIT {SIGQUIT, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_ABORT, GLSA_TERM|GLSA_CORE, EINTR}, #endif {SIGTERM, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_ABORT, GLSA_TERM, EINTR}, #ifdef SIGTSTP {SIGTSTP, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_SUSP, 0}, #endif #ifdef SIGTTIN {SIGTTIN, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_SUSP, 0}, #endif #ifdef SIGTTOU {SIGTTOU, GLS_SUSPEND_INPUT, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_SUSP, 0}, #endif #ifdef SIGUSR1 {SIGUSR1, GLS_RESTORE_ENV, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_TERM, 0}, #endif #ifdef SIGUSR2 {SIGUSR2, GLS_RESTORE_ENV, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_TERM, 0}, #endif #ifdef SIGVTALRM {SIGVTALRM, GLS_RESTORE_ENV, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_TERM, 0}, #endif #ifdef SIGWINCH {SIGWINCH, GLS_RESTORE_ENV, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_SIZE|GLSA_IGN, 0}, #endif #ifdef SIGXCPU {SIGXCPU, GLS_RESTORE_ENV, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_TERM|GLSA_CORE, 0}, #endif #ifdef SIGXFSZ {SIGXFSZ, GLS_RESTORE_ENV, GLS_CONTINUE, GLSA_TERM|GLSA_CORE, 0}, #endif }; /* * Define file-scope variables for use in signal handlers. */ static volatile sig_atomic_t gl_pending_signal = -1; static sigjmp_buf gl_setjmp_buffer; static void gl_signal_handler(int signo); static int gl_check_caught_signal(GetLine *gl); /* * Respond to an externally caught process suspension or * termination signal. */ static void gl_suspend_process(int signo, GetLine *gl, int ngl); /* Return the default attributes of a given signal */ static int gl_classify_signal(int signo); /* * Unfortunately both terminfo and termcap require one to use the tputs() * function to output terminal control characters, and this function * doesn't allow one to specify a file stream. As a result, the following * file-scope variable is used to pass the current output file stream. * This is bad, but there doesn't seem to be any alternative. */ static GetLine *tputs_gl = NULL; /* * Define a tab to be a string of 8 spaces. */ #define TAB_WIDTH 8 /* * Lookup the current size of the terminal. */ static void gl_query_size(GetLine *gl, int *ncolumn, int *nline); /* * Getline calls this to temporarily override certain signal handlers * of the calling program. */ static int gl_override_signal_handlers(GetLine *gl); /* * Getline calls this to restore the signal handlers of the calling * program. */ static int gl_restore_signal_handlers(GetLine *gl); /* * Temporarily block the delivery of all signals that gl_get_line() * is currently configured to trap. */ static int gl_mask_signals(GetLine *gl, sigset_t *oldset); /* * Restore the process signal mask that was overriden by a previous * call to gl_mask_signals(). */ static int gl_unmask_signals(GetLine *gl, sigset_t *oldset); /* * Unblock the signals that gl_get_line() has been configured to catch. */ static int gl_catch_signals(GetLine *gl); /* * Return the set of all trappable signals. */ static void gl_list_trappable_signals(sigset_t *signals); /* * Put the terminal into raw input mode, after saving the original * terminal attributes in gl->oldattr. */ static int gl_raw_terminal_mode(GetLine *gl); /* * Restore the terminal attributes from gl->oldattr. */ static int gl_restore_terminal_attributes(GetLine *gl); /* * Switch to non-blocking I/O if possible. */ static int gl_nonblocking_io(GetLine *gl, int fd); /* * Switch to blocking I/O if possible. */ static int gl_blocking_io(GetLine *gl, int fd); /* * Read a line from the user in raw mode. */ static int gl_get_input_line(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, const char *start_line, int start_pos); /* * Query the user for a single character. */ static int gl_get_query_char(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, int defchar); /* * Read input from a non-interactive input stream. */ static int gl_read_stream_line(GetLine *gl); /* * Read a single character from a non-interactive input stream. */ static int gl_read_stream_char(GetLine *gl); /* * Prepare to edit a new line. */ static int gl_present_line(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, const char *start_line, int start_pos); /* * Reset all line input parameters for a new input line. */ static void gl_reset_input_line(GetLine *gl); /* * Handle the receipt of the potential start of a new key-sequence from * the user. */ static int gl_interpret_char(GetLine *gl, char c); /* * Bind a single control or meta character to an action. */ static int gl_bind_control_char(GetLine *gl, KtBinder binder, char c, const char *action); /* * Set up terminal-specific key bindings. */ static int gl_bind_terminal_keys(GetLine *gl); /* * Lookup terminal control string and size information. */ static int gl_control_strings(GetLine *gl, const char *term); /* * Wrappers around the terminfo and termcap functions that lookup * strings in the terminal information databases. */ #ifdef USE_TERMINFO static const char *gl_tigetstr(GetLine *gl, const char *name); #elif defined(USE_TERMCAP) static const char *gl_tgetstr(GetLine *gl, const char *name, char **bufptr); #endif /* * Output a binary string directly to the terminal. */ static int gl_print_raw_string(GetLine *gl, int buffered, const char *string, int n); /* * Print an informational message, starting and finishing on new lines. * After the list of strings to be printed, the last argument MUST be * GL_END_INFO. */ static int gl_print_info(GetLine *gl, ...); #define GL_END_INFO ((const char *)0) /* * Start a newline and place the cursor at its start. */ static int gl_start_newline(GetLine *gl, int buffered); /* * Output a terminal control sequence. */ static int gl_print_control_sequence(GetLine *gl, int nline, const char *string); /* * Output a character or string to the terminal after converting tabs * to spaces and control characters to a caret followed by the modified * character. */ static int gl_print_char(GetLine *gl, char c, char pad); static int gl_print_string(GetLine *gl, const char *string, char pad); /* * Delete nc characters starting from the one under the cursor. * Optionally copy the deleted characters to the cut buffer. */ static int gl_delete_chars(GetLine *gl, int nc, int cut); /* * Add a character to the line buffer at the current cursor position, * inserting or overwriting according the current mode. */ static int gl_add_char_to_line(GetLine *gl, char c); /* * Insert/append a string to the line buffer and terminal at the current * cursor position. */ static int gl_add_string_to_line(GetLine *gl, const char *s); /* * Record a new character in the input-line buffer. */ static int gl_buffer_char(GetLine *gl, char c, int bufpos); /* * Record a string in the input-line buffer. */ static int gl_buffer_string(GetLine *gl, const char *s, int n, int bufpos); /* * Make way to insert a string in the input-line buffer. */ static int gl_make_gap_in_buffer(GetLine *gl, int start, int n); /* * Remove characters from the input-line buffer, and move any characters * that followed them to the start of the vacated space. */ static void gl_remove_from_buffer(GetLine *gl, int start, int n); /* * Terminate the input-line buffer after a specified number of characters. */ static int gl_truncate_buffer(GetLine *gl, int n); /* * Delete the displayed part of the input line that follows the current * terminal cursor position. */ static int gl_truncate_display(GetLine *gl); /* * Accomodate changes to the contents of the input line buffer * that weren't made by the above gl_*buffer functions. */ static void gl_update_buffer(GetLine *gl); /* * Read a single character from the terminal. */ static int gl_read_terminal(GetLine *gl, int keep, char *c); /* * Discard processed characters from the key-press lookahead buffer. */ static void gl_discard_chars(GetLine *gl, int nused); /* * Move the terminal cursor n positions to the left or right. */ static int gl_terminal_move_cursor(GetLine *gl, int n); /* * Move the terminal cursor to a given position. */ static int gl_set_term_curpos(GetLine *gl, int term_curpos); /* * Set the position of the cursor both in the line input buffer and on the * terminal. */ static int gl_place_cursor(GetLine *gl, int buff_curpos); /* * How many characters are needed to write a number as an octal string? */ static int gl_octal_width(unsigned num); /* * Return the number of spaces needed to display a tab character at * a given location of the terminal. */ static int gl_displayed_tab_width(GetLine *gl, int term_curpos); /* * Return the number of terminal characters needed to display a * given raw character. */ static int gl_displayed_char_width(GetLine *gl, char c, int term_curpos); /* * Return the number of terminal characters needed to display a * given substring. */ static int gl_displayed_string_width(GetLine *gl, const char *string, int nc, int term_curpos); /* * Return non-zero if 'c' is to be considered part of a word. */ static int gl_is_word_char(int c); /* * Read a tecla configuration file. */ static int _gl_read_config_file(GetLine *gl, const char *filename, KtBinder who); /* * Read a tecla configuration string. */ static int _gl_read_config_string(GetLine *gl, const char *buffer, KtBinder who); /* * Define the callback function used by _gl_parse_config_line() to * read the next character of a configuration stream. */ #define GLC_GETC_FN(fn) int (fn)(void *stream) typedef GLC_GETC_FN(GlcGetcFn); static GLC_GETC_FN(glc_file_getc); /* Read from a file */ static GLC_GETC_FN(glc_buff_getc); /* Read from a string */ /* * Parse a single configuration command line. */ static int _gl_parse_config_line(GetLine *gl, void *stream, GlcGetcFn *getc_fn, const char *origin, KtBinder who, int *lineno); static int gl_report_config_error(GetLine *gl, const char *origin, int lineno, const char *errmsg); /* * Bind the actual arrow key bindings to match those of the symbolic * arrow-key bindings. */ static int _gl_bind_arrow_keys(GetLine *gl); /* * Copy the binding of the specified symbolic arrow-key binding to * the terminal specific, and default arrow-key key-sequences. */ static int _gl_rebind_arrow_key(GetLine *gl, const char *name, const char *term_seq, const char *def_seq1, const char *def_seq2); /* * After the gl_read_from_file() action has been used to tell gl_get_line() * to temporarily read input from a file, gl_revert_input() arranges * for input to be reverted to the input stream last registered with * gl_change_terminal(). */ static void gl_revert_input(GetLine *gl); /* * Flush unwritten characters to the terminal. */ static int gl_flush_output(GetLine *gl); /* * The callback through which all terminal output is routed. * This simply appends characters to a queue buffer, which is * subsequently flushed to the output channel by gl_flush_output(). */ static GL_WRITE_FN(gl_write_fn); /* * The callback function which the output character queue object * calls to transfer characters to the output channel. */ static GL_WRITE_FN(gl_flush_terminal); /* * Enumerate the possible return statuses of gl_read_input(). */ typedef enum { GL_READ_OK, /* A character was read successfully */ GL_READ_ERROR, /* A read-error occurred */ GL_READ_BLOCKED, /* The read would have blocked the caller */ GL_READ_EOF /* The end of the current input file was reached */ } GlReadStatus; static GlReadStatus gl_read_input(GetLine *gl, char *c); /* * Private functions of gl_read_input(). */ static int gl_event_handler(GetLine *gl, int fd); static int gl_read_unmasked(GetLine *gl, int fd, char *c); /* * A private function of gl_tty_signals(). */ static int gl_set_tty_signal(int signo, void (*handler)(int)); /* * Change the editor style being emulated. */ static int gl_change_editor(GetLine *gl, GlEditor editor); /* * Searching in a given direction, return the index of a given (or * read) character in the input line, or the character that precedes * it in the specified search direction. Return -1 if not found. */ static int gl_find_char(GetLine *gl, int count, int forward, int onto, char c); /* * Return the buffer index of the nth word ending after the cursor. */ static int gl_nth_word_end_forward(GetLine *gl, int n); /* * Return the buffer index of the nth word start after the cursor. */ static int gl_nth_word_start_forward(GetLine *gl, int n); /* * Return the buffer index of the nth word start before the cursor. */ static int gl_nth_word_start_backward(GetLine *gl, int n); /* * When called when vi command mode is enabled, this function saves the * current line and cursor position for potential restoration later * by the vi undo command. */ static void gl_save_for_undo(GetLine *gl); /* * If in vi mode, switch to vi command mode. */ static void gl_vi_command_mode(GetLine *gl); /* * In vi mode this is used to delete up to or onto a given or read * character in the input line. Also switch to insert mode if requested * after the deletion. */ static int gl_delete_find(GetLine *gl, int count, char c, int forward, int onto, int change); /* * Copy the characters between the cursor and the count'th instance of * a specified (or read) character in the input line, into the cut buffer. */ static int gl_copy_find(GetLine *gl, int count, char c, int forward, int onto); /* * Return the line index of the parenthesis that either matches the one under * the cursor, or not over a parenthesis character, the index of the next * close parenthesis. Return -1 if not found. */ static int gl_index_of_matching_paren(GetLine *gl); /* * Replace a malloc'd string (or NULL), with another malloc'd copy of * a string (or NULL). */ static int gl_record_string(char **sptr, const char *string); /* * Enumerate text display attributes as powers of two, suitable for * use in a bit-mask. */ typedef enum { GL_TXT_STANDOUT=1, /* Display text highlighted */ GL_TXT_UNDERLINE=2, /* Display text underlined */ GL_TXT_REVERSE=4, /* Display text with reverse video */ GL_TXT_BLINK=8, /* Display blinking text */ GL_TXT_DIM=16, /* Display text in a dim font */ GL_TXT_BOLD=32 /* Display text using a bold font */ } GlTextAttr; /* * Display the prompt regardless of the current visibility mode. */ static int gl_display_prompt(GetLine *gl); /* * Return the number of characters used by the prompt on the terminal. */ static int gl_displayed_prompt_width(GetLine *gl); /* * Prepare to return the current input line to the caller of gl_get_line(). */ static int gl_line_ended(GetLine *gl, int newline_char); /* * Arrange for the input line to be redisplayed when the current contents * of the output queue have been flushed. */ static void gl_queue_redisplay(GetLine *gl); /* * Erase the displayed representation of the input line, without * touching the buffered copy. */ static int gl_erase_line(GetLine *gl); /* * This function is called whenever the input line has been erased. */ static void gl_line_erased(GetLine *gl); /* * Arrange for the current input line to be discarded. */ void _gl_abandon_line(GetLine *gl); /* * The following are private internally callable versions of pertinent * public functions. Unlike their public wrapper functions, they don't * block signals while running, and assume that their arguments are valid. * They are designed to be called from places where signals are already * blocked, and where simple sanity checks have already been applied to * their arguments. */ static char *_gl_get_line(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, const char *start_line, int start_pos); static int _gl_query_char(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, char defchar); static int _gl_read_char(GetLine *gl); static int _gl_update_size(GetLine *gl); /* * Redraw the current input line to account for a change in the terminal * size. Also install the new size in gl. */ static int gl_handle_tty_resize(GetLine *gl, int ncolumn, int nline); static int _gl_change_terminal(GetLine *gl, FILE *input_fp, FILE *output_fp, const char *term); static int _gl_configure_getline(GetLine *gl, const char *app_string, const char *app_file, const char *user_file); static int _gl_save_history(GetLine *gl, const char *filename, const char *comment, int max_lines); static int _gl_load_history(GetLine *gl, const char *filename, const char *comment); static int _gl_watch_fd(GetLine *gl, int fd, GlFdEvent event, GlFdEventFn *callback, void *data); static void _gl_terminal_size(GetLine *gl, int def_ncolumn, int def_nline, GlTerminalSize *size); static void _gl_replace_prompt(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt); static int _gl_trap_signal(GetLine *gl, int signo, unsigned flags, GlAfterSignal after, int errno_value); static int _gl_raw_io(GetLine *gl, int redisplay); static int _gl_normal_io(GetLine *gl); static int _gl_completion_action(GetLine *gl, void *data, CplMatchFn *match_fn, int list_only, const char *name, const char *keyseq); static int _gl_register_action(GetLine *gl, void *data, GlActionFn *fn, const char *name, const char *keyseq); static int _gl_io_mode(GetLine *gl, GlIOMode mode); static int _gl_set_term_size(GetLine *gl, int ncolumn, int nline); static int _gl_append_history(GetLine *gl, const char *line); /* * Reset the completion status and associated errno value in * gl->rtn_status and gl->rtn_errno. */ static void gl_clear_status(GetLine *gl); /* * Record a completion status, unless a previous abnormal completion * status has already been recorded for the current call. */ static void gl_record_status(GetLine *gl, GlReturnStatus rtn_status, int rtn_errno); /* * Set the maximum length of a line in a user's tecla configuration * file (not counting comments). */ #define GL_CONF_BUFLEN 100 /* * Set the maximum number of arguments supported by individual commands * in tecla configuration files. */ #define GL_CONF_MAXARG 10 /* * Prototype the available action functions. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_user_interrupt); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_abort); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_suspend); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_stop_output); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_start_output); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_literal_next); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_cursor_left); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_cursor_right); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_insert_mode); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_beginning_of_line); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_end_of_line); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_line); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_kill_line); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_delete_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_delete_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_delete_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_delete_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_refind); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_invert_refind); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_to_column); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_to_parenthesis); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_delete_find); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_delete_find); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_delete_to); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_delete_to); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_upcase_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_downcase_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_capitalize_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_redisplay); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_clear_screen); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_transpose_chars); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_set_mark); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_exchange_point_and_mark); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_kill_region); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_region_as_kill); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_yank); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_up_history); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_down_history); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_history_search_backward); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_history_re_search_backward); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_history_search_forward); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_history_re_search_forward); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_complete_word); #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM static KT_KEY_FN(gl_expand_filename); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_read_from_file); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_read_init_files); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_list_glob); #endif static KT_KEY_FN(gl_del_char_or_list_or_eof); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_list_or_eof); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_beginning_of_history); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_end_of_history); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_digit_argument); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_newline); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_repeat_history); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_insert); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_overwrite); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_change_case); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_insert_at_bol); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_append_at_eol); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_append); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_kill_line); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_goto_column); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_to_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_replace_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_rest_of_line); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_line); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_to_bol); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_refind); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_invert_refind); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_to_column); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_to_parenthesis); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_forward_change_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_backward_change_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_forward_change_find); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_backward_change_find); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_forward_change_to); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_backward_change_to); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_forward_change_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_backward_change_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_copy_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_copy_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_find_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_find_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_to_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_to_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_repeat_find_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_invert_refind_char); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_append_yank); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_copy_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_copy_word); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_to_bol); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_refind); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_invert_refind); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_to_column); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_to_parenthesis); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_rest_of_line); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_line); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_copy_find); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_copy_find); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_copy_to); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_copy_to); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_undo); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_emacs_editing_mode); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_editing_mode); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_ring_bell); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_repeat_change); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_find_parenthesis); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_list_history); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_list_completions); static KT_KEY_FN(gl_run_external_action); /* * Name the available action functions. */ static const struct {const char *name; KT_KEY_FN(*fn);} gl_actions[] = { {"user-interrupt", gl_user_interrupt}, {"abort", gl_abort}, {"suspend", gl_suspend}, {"stop-output", gl_stop_output}, {"start-output", gl_start_output}, {"literal-next", gl_literal_next}, {"cursor-right", gl_cursor_right}, {"cursor-left", gl_cursor_left}, {"insert-mode", gl_insert_mode}, {"beginning-of-line", gl_beginning_of_line}, {"end-of-line", gl_end_of_line}, {"delete-line", gl_delete_line}, {"kill-line", gl_kill_line}, {"forward-word", gl_forward_word}, {"backward-word", gl_backward_word}, {"forward-delete-char", gl_forward_delete_char}, {"backward-delete-char", gl_backward_delete_char}, {"forward-delete-word", gl_forward_delete_word}, {"backward-delete-word", gl_backward_delete_word}, {"delete-refind", gl_delete_refind}, {"delete-invert-refind", gl_delete_invert_refind}, {"delete-to-column", gl_delete_to_column}, {"delete-to-parenthesis", gl_delete_to_parenthesis}, {"forward-delete-find", gl_forward_delete_find}, {"backward-delete-find", gl_backward_delete_find}, {"forward-delete-to", gl_forward_delete_to}, {"backward-delete-to", gl_backward_delete_to}, {"upcase-word", gl_upcase_word}, {"downcase-word", gl_downcase_word}, {"capitalize-word", gl_capitalize_word}, {"redisplay", gl_redisplay}, {"clear-screen", gl_clear_screen}, {"transpose-chars", gl_transpose_chars}, {"set-mark", gl_set_mark}, {"exchange-point-and-mark", gl_exchange_point_and_mark}, {"kill-region", gl_kill_region}, {"copy-region-as-kill", gl_copy_region_as_kill}, {"yank", gl_yank}, {"up-history", gl_up_history}, {"down-history", gl_down_history}, {"history-search-backward", gl_history_search_backward}, {"history-re-search-backward", gl_history_re_search_backward}, {"history-search-forward", gl_history_search_forward}, {"history-re-search-forward", gl_history_re_search_forward}, {"complete-word", gl_complete_word}, #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM {"expand-filename", gl_expand_filename}, {"read-from-file", gl_read_from_file}, {"read-init-files", gl_read_init_files}, {"list-glob", gl_list_glob}, #endif {"del-char-or-list-or-eof", gl_del_char_or_list_or_eof}, {"beginning-of-history", gl_beginning_of_history}, {"end-of-history", gl_end_of_history}, {"digit-argument", gl_digit_argument}, {"newline", gl_newline}, {"repeat-history", gl_repeat_history}, {"vi-insert", gl_vi_insert}, {"vi-overwrite", gl_vi_overwrite}, {"vi-insert-at-bol", gl_vi_insert_at_bol}, {"vi-append-at-eol", gl_vi_append_at_eol}, {"vi-append", gl_vi_append}, {"change-case", gl_change_case}, {"backward-kill-line", gl_backward_kill_line}, {"goto-column", gl_goto_column}, {"forward-to-word", gl_forward_to_word}, {"vi-replace-char", gl_vi_replace_char}, {"vi-change-rest-of-line", gl_vi_change_rest_of_line}, {"vi-change-line", gl_vi_change_line}, {"vi-change-to-bol", gl_vi_change_to_bol}, {"vi-change-refind", gl_vi_change_refind}, {"vi-change-invert-refind", gl_vi_change_invert_refind}, {"vi-change-to-column", gl_vi_change_to_column}, {"vi-change-to-parenthesis", gl_vi_change_to_parenthesis}, {"forward-copy-char", gl_forward_copy_char}, {"backward-copy-char", gl_backward_copy_char}, {"forward-find-char", gl_forward_find_char}, {"backward-find-char", gl_backward_find_char}, {"forward-to-char", gl_forward_to_char}, {"backward-to-char", gl_backward_to_char}, {"repeat-find-char", gl_repeat_find_char}, {"invert-refind-char", gl_invert_refind_char}, {"append-yank", gl_append_yank}, {"backward-copy-word", gl_backward_copy_word}, {"forward-copy-word", gl_forward_copy_word}, {"copy-to-bol", gl_copy_to_bol}, {"copy-refind", gl_copy_refind}, {"copy-invert-refind", gl_copy_invert_refind}, {"copy-to-column", gl_copy_to_column}, {"copy-to-parenthesis", gl_copy_to_parenthesis}, {"copy-rest-of-line", gl_copy_rest_of_line}, {"copy-line", gl_copy_line}, {"backward-copy-find", gl_backward_copy_find}, {"forward-copy-find", gl_forward_copy_find}, {"backward-copy-to", gl_backward_copy_to}, {"forward-copy-to", gl_forward_copy_to}, {"list-or-eof", gl_list_or_eof}, {"vi-undo", gl_vi_undo}, {"vi-backward-change-word", gl_vi_backward_change_word}, {"vi-forward-change-word", gl_vi_forward_change_word}, {"vi-backward-change-find", gl_vi_backward_change_find}, {"vi-forward-change-find", gl_vi_forward_change_find}, {"vi-backward-change-to", gl_vi_backward_change_to}, {"vi-forward-change-to", gl_vi_forward_change_to}, {"vi-backward-change-char", gl_vi_backward_change_char}, {"vi-forward-change-char", gl_vi_forward_change_char}, {"emacs-mode", gl_emacs_editing_mode}, {"vi-mode", gl_vi_editing_mode}, {"ring-bell", gl_ring_bell}, {"vi-repeat-change", gl_vi_repeat_change}, {"find-parenthesis", gl_find_parenthesis}, {"list-history", gl_list_history}, }; /* * Define the default key-bindings in emacs mode. */ static const KtKeyBinding gl_emacs_bindings[] = { {"right", "cursor-right"}, {"^F", "cursor-right"}, {"left", "cursor-left"}, {"^B", "cursor-left"}, {"M-i", "insert-mode"}, {"M-I", "insert-mode"}, {"^A", "beginning-of-line"}, {"^E", "end-of-line"}, {"^U", "delete-line"}, {"^K", "kill-line"}, {"M-f", "forward-word"}, {"M-F", "forward-word"}, {"M-b", "backward-word"}, {"M-B", "backward-word"}, {"^D", "del-char-or-list-or-eof"}, {"^H", "backward-delete-char"}, {"^?", "backward-delete-char"}, {"M-d", "forward-delete-word"}, {"M-D", "forward-delete-word"}, {"M-^H", "backward-delete-word"}, {"M-^?", "backward-delete-word"}, {"M-u", "upcase-word"}, {"M-U", "upcase-word"}, {"M-l", "downcase-word"}, {"M-L", "downcase-word"}, {"M-c", "capitalize-word"}, {"M-C", "capitalize-word"}, {"^R", "redisplay"}, {"^L", "clear-screen"}, {"^T", "transpose-chars"}, {"^@", "set-mark"}, {"^X^X", "exchange-point-and-mark"}, {"^W", "kill-region"}, {"M-w", "copy-region-as-kill"}, {"M-W", "copy-region-as-kill"}, {"^Y", "yank"}, {"^P", "up-history"}, {"up", "up-history"}, {"^N", "down-history"}, {"down", "down-history"}, {"M-p", "history-search-backward"}, {"M-P", "history-search-backward"}, {"M-n", "history-search-forward"}, {"M-N", "history-search-forward"}, {"\t", "complete-word"}, #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM {"^X*", "expand-filename"}, {"^X^F", "read-from-file"}, {"^X^R", "read-init-files"}, {"^Xg", "list-glob"}, {"^XG", "list-glob"}, #endif {"^Xh", "list-history"}, {"^XH", "list-history"}, {"M-<", "beginning-of-history"}, {"M->", "end-of-history"}, {"M-0", "digit-argument"}, {"M-1", "digit-argument"}, {"M-2", "digit-argument"}, {"M-3", "digit-argument"}, {"M-4", "digit-argument"}, {"M-5", "digit-argument"}, {"M-6", "digit-argument"}, {"M-7", "digit-argument"}, {"M-8", "digit-argument"}, {"M-9", "digit-argument"}, {"\r", "newline"}, {"\n", "newline"}, {"M-o", "repeat-history"}, {"M-C-v", "vi-mode"}, }; /* * Define the default key-bindings in vi mode. Note that in vi-mode * meta-key bindings are command-mode bindings. For example M-i first * switches to command mode if not already in that mode, then moves * the cursor one position right, as in vi. */ static const KtKeyBinding gl_vi_bindings[] = { {"^D", "list-or-eof"}, #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM {"^G", "list-glob"}, #endif {"^H", "backward-delete-char"}, {"\t", "complete-word"}, {"\r", "newline"}, {"\n", "newline"}, {"^L", "clear-screen"}, {"^N", "down-history"}, {"^P", "up-history"}, {"^R", "redisplay"}, {"^U", "backward-kill-line"}, {"^W", "backward-delete-word"}, #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM {"^X^F", "read-from-file"}, {"^X^R", "read-init-files"}, {"^X*", "expand-filename"}, #endif {"^?", "backward-delete-char"}, {"M- ", "cursor-right"}, {"M-$", "end-of-line"}, #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM {"M-*", "expand-filename"}, #endif {"M-+", "down-history"}, {"M--", "up-history"}, {"M-<", "beginning-of-history"}, {"M->", "end-of-history"}, {"M-^", "beginning-of-line"}, {"M-;", "repeat-find-char"}, {"M-,", "invert-refind-char"}, {"M-|", "goto-column"}, {"M-~", "change-case"}, {"M-.", "vi-repeat-change"}, {"M-%", "find-parenthesis"}, {"M-0", "digit-argument"}, {"M-1", "digit-argument"}, {"M-2", "digit-argument"}, {"M-3", "digit-argument"}, {"M-4", "digit-argument"}, {"M-5", "digit-argument"}, {"M-6", "digit-argument"}, {"M-7", "digit-argument"}, {"M-8", "digit-argument"}, {"M-9", "digit-argument"}, {"M-a", "vi-append"}, {"M-A", "vi-append-at-eol"}, {"M-b", "backward-word"}, {"M-B", "backward-word"}, {"M-C", "vi-change-rest-of-line"}, {"M-cb", "vi-backward-change-word"}, {"M-cB", "vi-backward-change-word"}, {"M-cc", "vi-change-line"}, {"M-ce", "vi-forward-change-word"}, {"M-cE", "vi-forward-change-word"}, {"M-cw", "vi-forward-change-word"}, {"M-cW", "vi-forward-change-word"}, {"M-cF", "vi-backward-change-find"}, {"M-cf", "vi-forward-change-find"}, {"M-cT", "vi-backward-change-to"}, {"M-ct", "vi-forward-change-to"}, {"M-c;", "vi-change-refind"}, {"M-c,", "vi-change-invert-refind"}, {"M-ch", "vi-backward-change-char"}, {"M-c^H", "vi-backward-change-char"}, {"M-c^?", "vi-backward-change-char"}, {"M-cl", "vi-forward-change-char"}, {"M-c ", "vi-forward-change-char"}, {"M-c^", "vi-change-to-bol"}, {"M-c0", "vi-change-to-bol"}, {"M-c$", "vi-change-rest-of-line"}, {"M-c|", "vi-change-to-column"}, {"M-c%", "vi-change-to-parenthesis"}, {"M-dh", "backward-delete-char"}, {"M-d^H", "backward-delete-char"}, {"M-d^?", "backward-delete-char"}, {"M-dl", "forward-delete-char"}, {"M-d ", "forward-delete-char"}, {"M-dd", "delete-line"}, {"M-db", "backward-delete-word"}, {"M-dB", "backward-delete-word"}, {"M-de", "forward-delete-word"}, {"M-dE", "forward-delete-word"}, {"M-dw", "forward-delete-word"}, {"M-dW", "forward-delete-word"}, {"M-dF", "backward-delete-find"}, {"M-df", "forward-delete-find"}, {"M-dT", "backward-delete-to"}, {"M-dt", "forward-delete-to"}, {"M-d;", "delete-refind"}, {"M-d,", "delete-invert-refind"}, {"M-d^", "backward-kill-line"}, {"M-d0", "backward-kill-line"}, {"M-d$", "kill-line"}, {"M-D", "kill-line"}, {"M-d|", "delete-to-column"}, {"M-d%", "delete-to-parenthesis"}, {"M-e", "forward-word"}, {"M-E", "forward-word"}, {"M-f", "forward-find-char"}, {"M-F", "backward-find-char"}, {"M--", "up-history"}, {"M-h", "cursor-left"}, {"M-H", "beginning-of-history"}, {"M-i", "vi-insert"}, {"M-I", "vi-insert-at-bol"}, {"M-j", "down-history"}, {"M-J", "history-search-forward"}, {"M-k", "up-history"}, {"M-K", "history-search-backward"}, {"M-l", "cursor-right"}, {"M-L", "end-of-history"}, {"M-n", "history-re-search-forward"}, {"M-N", "history-re-search-backward"}, {"M-p", "append-yank"}, {"M-P", "yank"}, {"M-r", "vi-replace-char"}, {"M-R", "vi-overwrite"}, {"M-s", "vi-forward-change-char"}, {"M-S", "vi-change-line"}, {"M-t", "forward-to-char"}, {"M-T", "backward-to-char"}, {"M-u", "vi-undo"}, {"M-w", "forward-to-word"}, {"M-W", "forward-to-word"}, {"M-x", "forward-delete-char"}, {"M-X", "backward-delete-char"}, {"M-yh", "backward-copy-char"}, {"M-y^H", "backward-copy-char"}, {"M-y^?", "backward-copy-char"}, {"M-yl", "forward-copy-char"}, {"M-y ", "forward-copy-char"}, {"M-ye", "forward-copy-word"}, {"M-yE", "forward-copy-word"}, {"M-yw", "forward-copy-word"}, {"M-yW", "forward-copy-word"}, {"M-yb", "backward-copy-word"}, {"M-yB", "backward-copy-word"}, {"M-yf", "forward-copy-find"}, {"M-yF", "backward-copy-find"}, {"M-yt", "forward-copy-to"}, {"M-yT", "backward-copy-to"}, {"M-y;", "copy-refind"}, {"M-y,", "copy-invert-refind"}, {"M-y^", "copy-to-bol"}, {"M-y0", "copy-to-bol"}, {"M-y$", "copy-rest-of-line"}, {"M-yy", "copy-line"}, {"M-Y", "copy-line"}, {"M-y|", "copy-to-column"}, {"M-y%", "copy-to-parenthesis"}, {"M-^E", "emacs-mode"}, {"M-^H", "cursor-left"}, {"M-^?", "cursor-left"}, {"M-^L", "clear-screen"}, {"M-^N", "down-history"}, {"M-^P", "up-history"}, {"M-^R", "redisplay"}, {"M-^D", "list-or-eof"}, {"M-\r", "newline"}, {"M-\t", "complete-word"}, {"M-\n", "newline"}, #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM {"M-^X^R", "read-init-files"}, #endif {"M-^Xh", "list-history"}, {"M-^XH", "list-history"}, {"down", "down-history"}, {"up", "up-history"}, {"left", "cursor-left"}, {"right", "cursor-right"}, }; /*....................................................................... * Create a new GetLine object. * * Input: * linelen size_t The maximum line length to allow for. * histlen size_t The number of bytes to allocate for recording * a circular buffer of history lines. * Output: * return GetLine * The new object, or NULL on error. */ GetLine *new_GetLine(size_t linelen, size_t histlen) { GetLine *gl; /* The object to be returned */ int i; /* * Check the arguments. */ if(linelen < 10) { errno = ENOMEM; return NULL; }; /* * Allocate the container. */ gl = (GetLine *) malloc(sizeof(GetLine)); if(!gl) { errno = ENOMEM; return NULL; }; /* * Before attempting any operation that might fail, initialize the * container at least up to the point at which it can safely be passed * to del_GetLine(). */ gl->err = NULL; gl->glh = NULL; gl->cpl = NULL; #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM gl->cplfn.fn = cpl_file_completions; #else gl->cplfn.fn = gl_no_completions; #endif gl->cplfn.data = NULL; #ifndef WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM gl->ef = NULL; #endif gl->capmem = NULL; gl->cq = NULL; gl->input_fd = -1; gl->output_fd = -1; gl->input_fp = NULL; gl->output_fp = NULL; gl->file_fp = NULL; gl->term = NULL; gl->is_term = 0; gl->flush_fn = gl_flush_terminal; gl->io_mode = GL_NORMAL_MODE; gl->raw_mode = 0; gl->pending_io = GLP_WRITE; /* We will start by writing the prompt */ gl_clear_status(gl); gl->linelen = linelen; gl->line = NULL; gl->cutbuf = NULL; gl->prompt = NULL; gl->prompt_len = 0; gl->prompt_changed = 0; gl->prompt_style = GL_LITERAL_PROMPT; gl->cpl_mem = NULL; gl->ext_act_mem = NULL; gl->sig_mem = NULL; gl->sigs = NULL; gl->signals_masked = 0; gl->signals_overriden = 0; sigemptyset(&gl->all_signal_set); sigemptyset(&gl->old_signal_set); sigemptyset(&gl->use_signal_set); gl->bindings = NULL; gl->ntotal = 0; gl->buff_curpos = 0; gl->term_curpos = 0; gl->term_len = 0; gl->buff_mark = 0; gl->insert_curpos = 0; gl->insert = 1; gl->number = -1; gl->endline = 1; gl->displayed = 0; gl->redisplay = 0; gl->postpone = 0; gl->keybuf[0]='\0'; gl->nbuf = 0; gl->nread = 0; gl->current_action.fn = 0; gl->current_action.data = NULL; gl->current_count = 0; gl->preload_id = 0; gl->preload_history = 0; gl->keyseq_count = 0; gl->last_search = -1; gl->editor = GL_EMACS_MODE; gl->silence_bell = 0; gl->automatic_history = 1; gl->vi.undo.line = NULL; gl->vi.undo.buff_curpos = 0; gl->vi.undo.ntotal = 0; gl->vi.undo.saved = 0; gl->vi.repeat.action.fn = 0; gl->vi.repeat.action.data = 0; gl->vi.repeat.count = 0; gl->vi.repeat.input_curpos = 0; gl->vi.repeat.command_curpos = 0; gl->vi.repeat.input_char = '\0'; gl->vi.repeat.saved = 0; gl->vi.repeat.active = 0; gl->vi.command = 0; gl->vi.find_forward = 0; gl->vi.find_onto = 0; gl->vi.find_char = '\0'; gl->left = NULL; gl->right = NULL; gl->up = NULL; gl->down = NULL; gl->home = NULL; gl->bol = 0; gl->clear_eol = NULL; gl->clear_eod = NULL; gl->u_arrow = NULL; gl->d_arrow = NULL; gl->l_arrow = NULL; gl->r_arrow = NULL; gl->sound_bell = NULL; gl->bold = NULL; gl->underline = NULL; gl->standout = NULL; gl->dim = NULL; gl->reverse = NULL; gl->blink = NULL; gl->text_attr_off = NULL; gl->nline = 0; gl->ncolumn = 0; #ifdef USE_TERMINFO gl->left_n = NULL; gl->right_n = NULL; #elif defined(USE_TERMCAP) gl->tgetent_buf = NULL; gl->tgetstr_buf = NULL; #endif gl->app_file = NULL; gl->user_file = NULL; gl->configured = 0; gl->echo = 1; gl->last_signal = -1; #ifdef HAVE_SELECT gl->fd_node_mem = NULL; gl->fd_nodes = NULL; FD_ZERO(&gl->rfds); FD_ZERO(&gl->wfds); FD_ZERO(&gl->ufds); gl->max_fd = 0; gl->timer.dt.tv_sec = 0; gl->timer.dt.tv_usec = 0; gl->timer.fn = 0; gl->timer.data = NULL; #endif /* * Allocate an error reporting buffer. */ gl->err = _new_ErrMsg(); if(!gl->err) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Allocate the history buffer. */ gl->glh = _new_GlHistory(histlen); if(!gl->glh) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Allocate the resource object for file-completion. */ gl->cpl = new_WordCompletion(); if(!gl->cpl) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Allocate the resource object for file-completion. */ #ifndef WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM gl->ef = new_ExpandFile(); if(!gl->ef) return del_GetLine(gl); #endif /* * Allocate a string-segment memory allocator for use in storing terminal * capablity strings. */ gl->capmem = _new_StringGroup(CAPMEM_SEGMENT_SIZE); if(!gl->capmem) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Allocate the character queue that is used to buffer terminal output. */ gl->cq = _new_GlCharQueue(); if(!gl->cq) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Allocate a line buffer, leaving 2 extra characters for the terminating * '\n' and '\0' characters */ gl->line = (char *) malloc(linelen + 2); if(!gl->line) { errno = ENOMEM; return del_GetLine(gl); }; /* * Start with an empty input line. */ gl_truncate_buffer(gl, 0); /* * Allocate a cut buffer. */ gl->cutbuf = (char *) malloc(linelen + 2); if(!gl->cutbuf) { errno = ENOMEM; return del_GetLine(gl); }; gl->cutbuf[0] = '\0'; /* * Allocate an initial empty prompt. */ _gl_replace_prompt(gl, NULL); if(!gl->prompt) { errno = ENOMEM; return del_GetLine(gl); }; /* * Allocate a vi undo buffer. */ gl->vi.undo.line = (char *) malloc(linelen + 2); if(!gl->vi.undo.line) { errno = ENOMEM; return del_GetLine(gl); }; gl->vi.undo.line[0] = '\0'; /* * Allocate a freelist from which to allocate nodes for the list * of completion functions. */ gl->cpl_mem = _new_FreeList(sizeof(GlCplCallback), GL_CPL_FREELIST_BLOCKING); if(!gl->cpl_mem) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Allocate a freelist from which to allocate nodes for the list * of external action functions. */ gl->ext_act_mem = _new_FreeList(sizeof(GlExternalAction), GL_EXT_ACT_FREELIST_BLOCKING); if(!gl->ext_act_mem) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Allocate a freelist from which to allocate nodes for the list * of signals. */ gl->sig_mem = _new_FreeList(sizeof(GlSignalNode), GLS_FREELIST_BLOCKING); if(!gl->sig_mem) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Install initial dispositions for the default list of signals that * gl_get_line() traps. */ for(i=0; isigno, sig->flags, sig->after, sig->errno_value)) return del_GetLine(gl); }; /* * Allocate an empty table of key bindings. */ gl->bindings = _new_KeyTab(); if(!gl->bindings) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Define the available actions that can be bound to key sequences. */ for(i=0; ibindings, gl_actions[i].name, gl_actions[i].fn, NULL)) return del_GetLine(gl); }; /* * Set up the default bindings. */ if(gl_change_editor(gl, gl->editor)) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Allocate termcap buffers. */ #ifdef USE_TERMCAP gl->tgetent_buf = (char *) malloc(TERMCAP_BUF_SIZE); gl->tgetstr_buf = (char *) malloc(TERMCAP_BUF_SIZE); if(!gl->tgetent_buf || !gl->tgetstr_buf) { errno = ENOMEM; return del_GetLine(gl); }; #endif /* * Set up for I/O assuming stdin and stdout. */ if(_gl_change_terminal(gl, stdin, stdout, getenv("TERM"))) return del_GetLine(gl); /* * Create a freelist for use in allocating GlFdNode list nodes. */ #ifdef HAVE_SELECT gl->fd_node_mem = _new_FreeList(sizeof(GlFdNode), GLFD_FREELIST_BLOCKING); if(!gl->fd_node_mem) return del_GetLine(gl); #endif /* * We are done for now. */ return gl; } /*....................................................................... * Delete a GetLine object. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The object to be deleted. * Output: * return GetLine * The deleted object (always NULL). */ GetLine *del_GetLine(GetLine *gl) { if(gl) { /* * If the terminal is in raw server mode, reset it. */ _gl_normal_io(gl); /* * Deallocate all objects contained by gl. */ gl->err = _del_ErrMsg(gl->err); gl->glh = _del_GlHistory(gl->glh); gl->cpl = del_WordCompletion(gl->cpl); #ifndef WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM gl->ef = del_ExpandFile(gl->ef); #endif gl->capmem = _del_StringGroup(gl->capmem); gl->cq = _del_GlCharQueue(gl->cq); if(gl->file_fp) fclose(gl->file_fp); if(gl->term) free(gl->term); if(gl->line) free(gl->line); if(gl->cutbuf) free(gl->cutbuf); if(gl->prompt) free(gl->prompt); gl->cpl_mem = _del_FreeList(gl->cpl_mem, 1); gl->ext_act_mem = _del_FreeList(gl->ext_act_mem, 1); gl->sig_mem = _del_FreeList(gl->sig_mem, 1); gl->sigs = NULL; /* Already freed by freeing sig_mem */ gl->bindings = _del_KeyTab(gl->bindings); if(gl->vi.undo.line) free(gl->vi.undo.line); #ifdef USE_TERMCAP if(gl->tgetent_buf) free(gl->tgetent_buf); if(gl->tgetstr_buf) free(gl->tgetstr_buf); #endif if(gl->app_file) free(gl->app_file); if(gl->user_file) free(gl->user_file); #ifdef HAVE_SELECT gl->fd_node_mem = _del_FreeList(gl->fd_node_mem, 1); gl->fd_nodes = NULL; /* Already freed by freeing gl->fd_node_mem */ #endif /* * Delete the now empty container. */ free(gl); }; return NULL; } /*....................................................................... * Bind a control or meta character to an action. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this program. * binder KtBinder The source of the binding. * c char The control or meta character. * If this is '\0', the call is ignored. * action const char * The action name to bind the key to. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_bind_control_char(GetLine *gl, KtBinder binder, char c, const char *action) { char keyseq[2]; /* * Quietly reject binding to the NUL control character, since this * is an ambiguous prefix of all bindings. */ if(c == '\0') return 0; /* * Making sure not to bind characters which aren't either control or * meta characters. */ if(IS_CTRL_CHAR(c) || IS_META_CHAR(c)) { keyseq[0] = c; keyseq[1] = '\0'; } else { return 0; }; /* * Install the binding. */ if(_kt_set_keybinding(gl->bindings, binder, keyseq, action)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _kt_last_error(gl->bindings), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Read a line from the user. * * Input: * gl GetLine * A resource object returned by new_GetLine(). * prompt char * The prompt to prefix the line with. * start_line char * The initial contents of the input line, or NULL * if it should start out empty. * start_pos int If start_line isn't NULL, this specifies the * index of the character over which the cursor * should initially be positioned within the line. * If you just want it to follow the last character * of the line, send -1. * Output: * return char * An internal buffer containing the input line, or * NULL at the end of input. If the line fitted in * the buffer there will be a '\n' newline character * before the terminating '\0'. If it was truncated * there will be no newline character, and the remains * of the line should be retrieved via further calls * to this function. */ char *gl_get_line(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, const char *start_line, int start_pos) { char *retval; /* The return value of _gl_get_line() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return NULL; }; /* * Temporarily block all of the signals that we have been asked to trap. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &gl->old_signal_set)) return NULL; /* * Perform the command-line editing task. */ retval = _gl_get_line(gl, prompt, start_line, start_pos); /* * Restore the process signal mask to how it was when this function was * first called. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &gl->old_signal_set); return retval; } /*....................................................................... * This is the main body of the public function gl_get_line(). */ static char *_gl_get_line(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, const char *start_line, int start_pos) { int waserr = 0; /* True if an error occurs */ /* * Assume that this call will successfully complete the input * line until proven otherwise. */ gl_clear_status(gl); /* * If this is the first call to this function since new_GetLine(), * complete any postponed configuration. */ if(!gl->configured) { (void) _gl_configure_getline(gl, NULL, NULL, TECLA_CONFIG_FILE); gl->configured = 1; }; /* * Before installing our signal handler functions, record the fact * that there are no pending signals. */ gl_pending_signal = -1; /* * Temporarily override the signal handlers of the calling program, * so that we can intercept signals that would leave the terminal * in a bad state. */ waserr = gl_override_signal_handlers(gl); /* * After recording the current terminal settings, switch the terminal * into raw input mode. */ waserr = waserr || _gl_raw_io(gl, 1); /* * Attempt to read the line. This will require more than one attempt if * either a current temporary input file is opened by gl_get_input_line() * or the end of a temporary input file is reached by gl_read_stream_line(). */ while(!waserr) { /* * Read a line from a non-interactive stream? */ if(gl->file_fp || !gl->is_term) { if(gl_read_stream_line(gl)==0) { break; } else if(gl->file_fp) { gl_revert_input(gl); gl_record_status(gl, GLR_NEWLINE, 0); } else { waserr = 1; break; }; }; /* * Read from the terminal? Note that the above if() block may have * changed gl->file_fp, so it is necessary to retest it here, rather * than using an else statement. */ if(!gl->file_fp && gl->is_term) { if(gl_get_input_line(gl, prompt, start_line, start_pos)) waserr = 1; else break; }; }; /* * If an error occurred, but gl->rtn_status is still set to * GLR_NEWLINE, change the status to GLR_ERROR. Otherwise * leave it at whatever specific value was assigned by the function * that aborted input. This means that only functions that trap * non-generic errors have to remember to update gl->rtn_status * themselves. */ if(waserr && gl->rtn_status == GLR_NEWLINE) gl_record_status(gl, GLR_ERROR, errno); /* * Restore terminal settings. */ if(gl->io_mode != GL_SERVER_MODE) _gl_normal_io(gl); /* * Restore the signal handlers. */ gl_restore_signal_handlers(gl); /* * If gl_get_line() gets aborted early, the errno value associated * with the event that caused this to happen is recorded in * gl->rtn_errno. Since errno may have been overwritten by cleanup * functions after this, restore its value to the value that it had * when the error condition occured, so that the caller can examine it * to find out what happened. */ errno = gl->rtn_errno; /* * Check the completion status to see how to return. */ switch(gl->rtn_status) { case GLR_NEWLINE: /* Success */ return gl->line; case GLR_BLOCKED: /* These events abort the current input line, */ case GLR_SIGNAL: /* when in normal blocking I/O mode, but only */ case GLR_TIMEOUT: /* temporarily pause line editing when in */ case GLR_FDABORT: /* non-blocking server I/O mode. */ if(gl->io_mode != GL_SERVER_MODE) _gl_abandon_line(gl); return NULL; case GLR_ERROR: /* Unrecoverable errors abort the input line, */ case GLR_EOF: /* regardless of the I/O mode. */ default: _gl_abandon_line(gl); return NULL; }; } /*....................................................................... * Read a single character from the user. * * Input: * gl GetLine * A resource object returned by new_GetLine(). * prompt char * The prompt to prefix the line with, or NULL if * no prompt is required. * defchar char The character to substitute if the * user simply hits return, or '\n' if you don't * need to substitute anything. * Output: * return int The character that was read, or EOF if the read * had to be aborted (in which case you can call * gl_return_status() to find out why). */ int gl_query_char(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, char defchar) { int retval; /* The return value of _gl_query_char() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return EOF; }; /* * Temporarily block all of the signals that we have been asked to trap. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &gl->old_signal_set)) return EOF; /* * Perform the character reading task. */ retval = _gl_query_char(gl, prompt, defchar); /* * Restore the process signal mask to how it was when this function was * first called. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &gl->old_signal_set); return retval; } /*....................................................................... * This is the main body of the public function gl_query_char(). */ static int _gl_query_char(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, char defchar) { int c = EOF; /* The character to be returned */ int waserr = 0; /* True if an error occurs */ /* * Assume that this call will successfully complete the input operation * until proven otherwise. */ gl_clear_status(gl); /* * If this is the first call to this function or gl_get_line(), * since new_GetLine(), complete any postponed configuration. */ if(!gl->configured) { (void) _gl_configure_getline(gl, NULL, NULL, TECLA_CONFIG_FILE); gl->configured = 1; }; /* * Before installing our signal handler functions, record the fact * that there are no pending signals. */ gl_pending_signal = -1; /* * Temporarily override the signal handlers of the calling program, * so that we can intercept signals that would leave the terminal * in a bad state. */ waserr = gl_override_signal_handlers(gl); /* * After recording the current terminal settings, switch the terminal * into raw input mode without redisplaying any partially entered * input line. */ waserr = waserr || _gl_raw_io(gl, 0); /* * Attempt to read the line. This will require more than one attempt if * either a current temporary input file is opened by gl_get_input_line() * or the end of a temporary input file is reached by gl_read_stream_line(). */ while(!waserr) { /* * Read a line from a non-interactive stream? */ if(gl->file_fp || !gl->is_term) { c = gl_read_stream_char(gl); if(c != EOF) { /* Success? */ if(c=='\n') c = defchar; break; } else if(gl->file_fp) { /* End of temporary input file? */ gl_revert_input(gl); gl_record_status(gl, GLR_NEWLINE, 0); } else { /* An error? */ waserr = 1; break; }; }; /* * Read from the terminal? Note that the above if() block may have * changed gl->file_fp, so it is necessary to retest it here, rather * than using an else statement. */ if(!gl->file_fp && gl->is_term) { c = gl_get_query_char(gl, prompt, defchar); if(c==EOF) waserr = 1; else break; }; }; /* * If an error occurred, but gl->rtn_status is still set to * GLR_NEWLINE, change the status to GLR_ERROR. Otherwise * leave it at whatever specific value was assigned by the function * that aborted input. This means that only functions that trap * non-generic errors have to remember to update gl->rtn_status * themselves. */ if(waserr && gl->rtn_status == GLR_NEWLINE) gl_record_status(gl, GLR_ERROR, errno); /* * Restore terminal settings. */ if(gl->io_mode != GL_SERVER_MODE) _gl_normal_io(gl); /* * Restore the signal handlers. */ gl_restore_signal_handlers(gl); /* * If this function gets aborted early, the errno value associated * with the event that caused this to happen is recorded in * gl->rtn_errno. Since errno may have been overwritten by cleanup * functions after this, restore its value to the value that it had * when the error condition occured, so that the caller can examine it * to find out what happened. */ errno = gl->rtn_errno; /* * Error conditions are signalled to the caller, by setting the returned * character to EOF. */ if(gl->rtn_status != GLR_NEWLINE) c = EOF; /* * In this mode, every character that is read is a completed * transaction, just like reading a completed input line, so prepare * for the next input line or character. */ _gl_abandon_line(gl); /* * Return the acquired character. */ return c; } /*....................................................................... * Record of the signal handlers of the calling program, so that they * can be restored later. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_override_signal_handlers(GetLine *gl) { GlSignalNode *sig; /* A node in the list of signals to be caught */ /* * Set up our signal handler. */ SigAction act; act.sa_handler = gl_signal_handler; memcpy(&act.sa_mask, &gl->all_signal_set, sizeof(sigset_t)); act.sa_flags = 0; /* * Get the subset of the signals that we are supposed to trap that * should actually be trapped. */ sigemptyset(&gl->use_signal_set); for(sig=gl->sigs; sig; sig=sig->next) { /* * Trap this signal? If it is blocked by the calling program and we * haven't been told to unblock it, don't arrange to trap this signal. */ if(sig->flags & GLS_UNBLOCK_SIG || !sigismember(&gl->old_signal_set, sig->signo)) { if(sigaddset(&gl->use_signal_set, sig->signo) == -1) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "sigaddset error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; }; }; /* * Override the actions of the signals that we are trapping. */ for(sig=gl->sigs; sig; sig=sig->next) { if(sigismember(&gl->use_signal_set, sig->signo)) { sigdelset(&act.sa_mask, sig->signo); if(sigaction(sig->signo, &act, &sig->original)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "sigaction error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, sig->signo); }; }; /* * Record the fact that the application's signal handlers have now * been overriden. */ gl->signals_overriden = 1; /* * Just in case a SIGWINCH signal was sent to the process while our * SIGWINCH signal handler wasn't in place, check to see if the terminal * size needs updating. */ if(_gl_update_size(gl)) return 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Restore the signal handlers of the calling program. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_restore_signal_handlers(GetLine *gl) { GlSignalNode *sig; /* A node in the list of signals to be caught */ /* * Restore application signal handlers that were overriden * by gl_override_signal_handlers(). */ for(sig=gl->sigs; sig; sig=sig->next) { if(sigismember(&gl->use_signal_set, sig->signo) && sigaction(sig->signo, &sig->original, NULL)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "sigaction error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; }; /* * Record the fact that the application's signal handlers have now * been restored. */ gl->signals_overriden = 0; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This signal handler simply records the fact that a given signal was * caught in the file-scope gl_pending_signal variable. */ static void gl_signal_handler(int signo) { gl_pending_signal = signo; siglongjmp(gl_setjmp_buffer, 1); } /*....................................................................... * Switch the terminal into raw mode after storing the previous terminal * settings in gl->attributes. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this program. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_raw_terminal_mode(GetLine *gl) { Termios newattr; /* The new terminal attributes */ /* * If the terminal is already in raw mode, do nothing. */ if(gl->raw_mode) return 0; /* * Record the current terminal attributes. */ if(tcgetattr(gl->input_fd, &gl->oldattr)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcgetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * This function shouldn't do anything but record the current terminal * attritubes if editing has been disabled. */ if(gl->editor == GL_NO_EDITOR) return 0; /* * Modify the existing attributes. */ newattr = gl->oldattr; /* * Turn off local echo, canonical input mode and extended input processing. */ newattr.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO | ICANON | IEXTEN); /* * Don't translate carriage return to newline, turn off input parity * checking, don't strip off 8th bit, turn off output flow control. */ newattr.c_iflag &= ~(ICRNL | INPCK | ISTRIP); /* * Clear size bits, turn off parity checking, and allow 8-bit characters. */ newattr.c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE | PARENB); newattr.c_cflag |= CS8; /* * Turn off output processing. */ newattr.c_oflag &= ~(OPOST); /* * Request one byte at a time, without waiting. */ newattr.c_cc[VMIN] = gl->io_mode==GL_SERVER_MODE ? 0:1; newattr.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; /* * Install the new terminal modes. */ while(tcsetattr(gl->input_fd, TCSADRAIN, &newattr)) { if(errno != EINTR) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcsetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; }; /* * Record the new terminal mode. */ gl->raw_mode = 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Restore the terminal attributes recorded in gl->oldattr. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_restore_terminal_attributes(GetLine *gl) { int waserr = 0; /* * If not in raw mode, do nothing. */ if(!gl->raw_mode) return 0; /* * Before changing the terminal attributes, make sure that all output * has been passed to the terminal. */ if(gl_flush_output(gl)) waserr = 1; /* * Reset the terminal attributes to the values that they had on * entry to gl_get_line(). */ while(tcsetattr(gl->input_fd, TCSADRAIN, &gl->oldattr)) { if(errno != EINTR) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcsetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); waserr = 1; break; }; }; /* * Record the new terminal mode. */ gl->raw_mode = 0; return waserr; } /*....................................................................... * Switch the terminal file descriptor to use non-blocking I/O. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * fd int The file descriptor to make non-blocking. */ static int gl_nonblocking_io(GetLine *gl, int fd) { int fcntl_flags; /* The new file-descriptor control flags */ /* * Is non-blocking I/O supported on this system? Note that even * without non-blocking I/O, the terminal will probably still act as * though it was non-blocking, because we also set the terminal * attributes to return immediately if no input is available and we * use select() to wait to be able to write. If select() also isn't * available, then input will probably remain fine, but output could * block, depending on the behaviour of the terminal driver. */ #if defined(NON_BLOCKING_FLAG) /* * Query the current file-control flags, and add the * non-blocking I/O flag. */ fcntl_flags = fcntl(fd, F_GETFL) | NON_BLOCKING_FLAG; /* * Install the new control flags. */ if(fcntl(fd, F_SETFL, fcntl_flags) == -1) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "fcntl error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; #endif return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Switch to blocking terminal I/O. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * fd int The file descriptor to make blocking. */ static int gl_blocking_io(GetLine *gl, int fd) { int fcntl_flags; /* The new file-descriptor control flags */ /* * Is non-blocking I/O implemented on this system? */ #if defined(NON_BLOCKING_FLAG) /* * Query the current file control flags and remove the non-blocking * I/O flag. */ fcntl_flags = fcntl(fd, F_GETFL) & ~NON_BLOCKING_FLAG; /* * Install the modified control flags. */ if(fcntl(fd, F_SETFL, fcntl_flags) == -1) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "fcntl error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; #endif return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Read a new input line from the user. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * prompt char * The prompt to prefix the line with, or NULL to * use the same prompt that was used by the previous * line. * start_line char * The initial contents of the input line, or NULL * if it should start out empty. * start_pos int If start_line isn't NULL, this specifies the * index of the character over which the cursor * should initially be positioned within the line. * If you just want it to follow the last character * of the line, send -1. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_get_input_line(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, const char *start_line, int start_pos) { char c; /* The character being read */ /* * Flush any pending output to the terminal. */ if(_glq_char_count(gl->cq) > 0 && gl_flush_output(gl)) return 1; /* * Are we starting a new line? */ if(gl->endline) { /* * Delete any incompletely enterred line. */ if(gl_erase_line(gl)) return 1; /* * Display the new line to be edited. */ if(gl_present_line(gl, prompt, start_line, start_pos)) return 1; }; /* * Read one character at a time. */ while(gl_read_terminal(gl, 1, &c) == 0) { /* * Increment the count of the number of key sequences entered. */ gl->keyseq_count++; /* * Interpret the character either as the start of a new key-sequence, * as a continuation of a repeat count, or as a printable character * to be added to the line. */ if(gl_interpret_char(gl, c)) break; /* * If we just ran an action function which temporarily asked for * input to be taken from a file, abort this call. */ if(gl->file_fp) return 0; /* * Has the line been completed? */ if(gl->endline) return gl_line_ended(gl, c); }; /* * To get here, gl_read_terminal() must have returned non-zero. See * whether a signal was caught that requested that the current line * be returned. */ if(gl->endline) return gl_line_ended(gl, '\n'); /* * If I/O blocked while attempting to get the latest character * of the key sequence, rewind the key buffer to allow interpretation of * the current key sequence to be restarted on the next call to this * function. */ if(gl->rtn_status == GLR_BLOCKED && gl->pending_io == GLP_READ) gl->nread = 0; return 1; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private function of gl_query_char() that handles * prompting the user, reading a character from the terminal, and * displaying what the user entered. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * prompt char * The prompt to prefix the line with. * defchar char The character to substitute if the * user simply hits return, or '\n' if you don't * need to substitute anything. * Output: * return int The character that was read, or EOF if something * prevented a character from being read. */ static int gl_get_query_char(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, int defchar) { char c; /* The character being read */ int retval; /* The return value of this function */ /* * Flush any pending output to the terminal. */ if(_glq_char_count(gl->cq) > 0 && gl_flush_output(gl)) return EOF; /* * Delete any incompletely entered line. */ if(gl_erase_line(gl)) return EOF; /* * Reset the line input parameters and display the prompt, if any. */ if(gl_present_line(gl, prompt, NULL, 0)) return EOF; /* * Read one character. */ if(gl_read_terminal(gl, 1, &c) == 0) { /* * In this mode, count each character as being a new key-sequence. */ gl->keyseq_count++; /* * Delete the character that was read, from the key-press buffer. */ gl_discard_chars(gl, gl->nread); /* * Convert carriage returns to newlines. */ if(c == '\r') c = '\n'; /* * If the user just hit return, subsitute the default character. */ if(c == '\n') c = defchar; /* * Display the entered character to the right of the prompt. */ if(c!='\n') { if(gl_end_of_line(gl, 1, NULL)==0) gl_print_char(gl, c, ' '); }; /* * Record the return character, and mark the call as successful. */ retval = c; gl_record_status(gl, GLR_NEWLINE, 0); /* * Was a signal caught whose disposition is to cause the current input * line to be returned? If so return a newline character. */ } else if(gl->endline) { retval = '\n'; gl_record_status(gl, GLR_NEWLINE, 0); } else { retval = EOF; }; /* * Start a new line. */ if(gl_start_newline(gl, 1)) return EOF; /* * Attempt to flush any pending output. */ (void) gl_flush_output(gl); /* * Return either the character that was read, or EOF if an error occurred. */ return retval; } /*....................................................................... * Add a character to the line buffer at the current cursor position, * inserting or overwriting according the current mode. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * c char The character to be added. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Insufficient room. */ static int gl_add_char_to_line(GetLine *gl, char c) { /* * Keep a record of the current cursor position. */ int buff_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; int term_curpos = gl->term_curpos; /* * Work out the displayed width of the new character. */ int width = gl_displayed_char_width(gl, c, term_curpos); /* * If we are in insert mode, or at the end of the line, * check that we can accomodate a new character in the buffer. * If not, simply return, leaving it up to the calling program * to check for the absence of a newline character. */ if((gl->insert || buff_curpos >= gl->ntotal) && gl->ntotal >= gl->linelen) return 0; /* * Are we adding characters to the line (ie. inserting or appending)? */ if(gl->insert || buff_curpos >= gl->ntotal) { /* * If inserting, make room for the new character. */ if(buff_curpos < gl->ntotal) gl_make_gap_in_buffer(gl, buff_curpos, 1); /* * Copy the character into the buffer. */ gl_buffer_char(gl, c, buff_curpos); gl->buff_curpos++; /* * Redraw the line from the cursor position to the end of the line, * and move the cursor to just after the added character. */ if(gl_print_string(gl, gl->line + buff_curpos, '\0') || gl_set_term_curpos(gl, term_curpos + width)) return 1; /* * Are we overwriting an existing character? */ } else { /* * Get the width of the character being overwritten. */ int old_width = gl_displayed_char_width(gl, gl->line[buff_curpos], term_curpos); /* * Overwrite the character in the buffer. */ gl_buffer_char(gl, c, buff_curpos); /* * If we are replacing with a narrower character, we need to * redraw the terminal string to the end of the line, then * overwrite the trailing old_width - width characters * with spaces. */ if(old_width > width) { if(gl_print_string(gl, gl->line + buff_curpos, '\0')) return 1; /* * Clear to the end of the terminal. */ if(gl_truncate_display(gl)) return 1; /* * Move the cursor to the end of the new character. */ if(gl_set_term_curpos(gl, term_curpos + width)) return 1; gl->buff_curpos++; /* * If we are replacing with a wider character, then we will be * inserting new characters, and thus extending the line. */ } else if(width > old_width) { /* * Redraw the line from the cursor position to the end of the line, * and move the cursor to just after the added character. */ if(gl_print_string(gl, gl->line + buff_curpos, '\0') || gl_set_term_curpos(gl, term_curpos + width)) return 1; gl->buff_curpos++; /* * The original and replacement characters have the same width, * so simply overwrite. */ } else { /* * Copy the character into the buffer. */ gl_buffer_char(gl, c, buff_curpos); gl->buff_curpos++; /* * Overwrite the original character. */ if(gl_print_char(gl, c, gl->line[gl->buff_curpos])) return 1; }; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Insert/append a string to the line buffer and terminal at the current * cursor position. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * s char * The string to be added. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Insufficient room. */ static int gl_add_string_to_line(GetLine *gl, const char *s) { int buff_slen; /* The length of the string being added to line[] */ int term_slen; /* The length of the string being written to the terminal */ int buff_curpos; /* The original value of gl->buff_curpos */ int term_curpos; /* The original value of gl->term_curpos */ /* * Keep a record of the current cursor position. */ buff_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; term_curpos = gl->term_curpos; /* * How long is the string to be added? */ buff_slen = strlen(s); term_slen = gl_displayed_string_width(gl, s, buff_slen, term_curpos); /* * Check that we can accomodate the string in the buffer. * If not, simply return, leaving it up to the calling program * to check for the absence of a newline character. */ if(gl->ntotal + buff_slen > gl->linelen) return 0; /* * Move the characters that follow the cursor in the buffer by * buff_slen characters to the right. */ if(gl->ntotal > gl->buff_curpos) gl_make_gap_in_buffer(gl, gl->buff_curpos, buff_slen); /* * Copy the string into the buffer. */ gl_buffer_string(gl, s, buff_slen, gl->buff_curpos); gl->buff_curpos += buff_slen; /* * Write the modified part of the line to the terminal, then move * the terminal cursor to the end of the displayed input string. */ if(gl_print_string(gl, gl->line + buff_curpos, '\0') || gl_set_term_curpos(gl, term_curpos + term_slen)) return 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Read a single character from the terminal. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * keep int If true, the returned character will be kept in * the input buffer, for potential replays. It should * subsequently be removed from the buffer when the * key sequence that it belongs to has been fully * processed, by calling gl_discard_chars(). * Input/Output: * c char * The character that is read, is assigned to *c. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Either an I/O error occurred, or a signal was * caught who's disposition is to abort gl_get_line() * or to have gl_get_line() return the current line * as though the user had pressed return. In the * latter case gl->endline will be non-zero. */ static int gl_read_terminal(GetLine *gl, int keep, char *c) { /* * Before waiting for a new character to be input, flush unwritten * characters to the terminal. */ if(gl_flush_output(gl)) return 1; /* * Record the fact that we are about to read from the terminal. */ gl->pending_io = GLP_READ; /* * If there is already an unread character in the buffer, * return it. */ if(gl->nread < gl->nbuf) { *c = gl->keybuf[gl->nread]; /* * Retain the character in the key buffer, but mark it as having been read? */ if(keep) { gl->nread++; /* * Completely remove the character from the key buffer? */ } else { memmove(gl->keybuf + gl->nread, gl->keybuf + gl->nread + 1, gl->nbuf - gl->nread - 1); }; return 0; }; /* * Make sure that there is space in the key buffer for one more character. * This should always be true if gl_interpret_char() is called for each * new character added, since it will clear the buffer once it has recognized * or rejected a key sequence. */ if(gl->nbuf + 1 > GL_KEY_MAX) { gl_print_info(gl, "gl_read_terminal: Buffer overflow avoided.", GL_END_INFO); errno = EIO; return 1; }; /* * Read one character from the terminal. */ switch(gl_read_input(gl, c)) { case GL_READ_OK: break; case GL_READ_BLOCKED: gl_record_status(gl, GLR_BLOCKED, BLOCKED_ERRNO); return 1; break; default: return 1; break; }; /* * Append the character to the key buffer? */ if(keep) { gl->keybuf[gl->nbuf] = *c; gl->nread = ++gl->nbuf; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Read one or more keypresses from the terminal of an input stream. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this module. * c char * The character that was read is assigned to *c. * Output: * return GlReadStatus The completion status of the read operation. */ static GlReadStatus gl_read_input(GetLine *gl, char *c) { /* * We may have to repeat the read if window change signals are received. */ for(;;) { /* * Which file descriptor should we read from? Mark this volatile, so * that siglongjmp() can't clobber it. */ volatile int fd = gl->file_fp ? fileno(gl->file_fp) : gl->input_fd; /* * If the endline flag becomes set, don't wait for another character. */ if(gl->endline) return GL_READ_ERROR; /* * Since the code in this function can block, trap signals. */ if(sigsetjmp(gl_setjmp_buffer, 1)==0) { /* * Handle the different I/O modes. */ switch(gl->io_mode) { /* * In normal I/O mode, we call the event handler before attempting * to read, since read() blocks. */ case GL_NORMAL_MODE: if(gl_event_handler(gl, fd)) return GL_READ_ERROR; return gl_read_unmasked(gl, fd, c); /* Read one character */ break; /* * In non-blocking server I/O mode, we attempt to read a character, * and only if this fails, call the event handler to wait for a any * user-configured timeout and any other user-configured events. In * addition, we turn off the fcntl() non-blocking flag when reading * from the terminal, to work around a bug in Solaris. We can do this * without causing the read() to block, because when in non-blocking * server-I/O mode, gl_raw_io() sets the VMIN terminal attribute to 0, * which tells the terminal driver to return immediately if no * characters are available to be read. */ case GL_SERVER_MODE: { GlReadStatus status; /* The return status */ if(isatty(fd)) /* If we reading from a terminal, */ gl_blocking_io(gl, fd); /* switch to blocking I/O */ status = gl_read_unmasked(gl, fd, c); /* Try reading */ if(status == GL_READ_BLOCKED) { /* Nothing readable yet */ if(gl_event_handler(gl, fd)) /* Wait for input */ status = GL_READ_ERROR; else status = gl_read_unmasked(gl, fd, c); /* Try reading again */ }; gl_nonblocking_io(gl, fd); /* Restore non-blocking I/O */ return status; }; break; }; }; /* * To get here, one of the signals that we are trapping must have * been received. Note that by using sigsetjmp() instead of setjmp() * the signal mask that was blocking these signals will have been * reinstated, so we can be sure that no more of these signals will * be received until we explicitly unblock them again. * * First, if non-blocking I/O was temporarily disabled, reinstate it. */ if(gl->io_mode == GL_SERVER_MODE) gl_nonblocking_io(gl, fd); /* * Now respond to the signal that was caught. */ if(gl_check_caught_signal(gl)) return GL_READ_ERROR; }; } /*....................................................................... * This is a private function of gl_read_input(), which unblocks signals * temporarily while it reads a single character from the specified file * descriptor. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this module. * fd int The file descriptor to read from. * c char * The character that was read is assigned to *c. * Output: * return GlReadStatus The completion status of the read. */ static int gl_read_unmasked(GetLine *gl, int fd, char *c) { int nread; /* The return value of read() */ /* * Unblock the signals that we are trapping, while waiting for I/O. */ gl_catch_signals(gl); /* * Attempt to read one character from the terminal, restarting the read * if any signals that we aren't trapping, are received. */ do { errno = 0; nread = read(fd, c, 1); } while(nread < 0 && errno==EINTR); /* * Block all of the signals that we are trapping. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, NULL); /* * Check the completion status of the read. */ switch(nread) { case 1: return GL_READ_OK; case 0: return (isatty(fd) || errno != 0) ? GL_READ_BLOCKED : GL_READ_EOF; default: return GL_READ_ERROR; }; } /*....................................................................... * Remove a specified number of characters from the start of the * key-press lookahead buffer, gl->keybuf[], and arrange for the next * read to start from the character at the start of the shifted buffer. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this module. * nused int The number of characters to discard from the start * of the buffer. */ static void gl_discard_chars(GetLine *gl, int nused) { int nkeep = gl->nbuf - nused; if(nkeep > 0) { memmove(gl->keybuf, gl->keybuf + nused, nkeep); gl->nbuf = nkeep; gl->nread = 0; } else { gl->nbuf = gl->nread = 0; }; } /*....................................................................... * This function is called to handle signals caught between calls to * sigsetjmp() and siglongjmp(). * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * Output: * return int 0 - Signal handled internally. * 1 - Signal requires gl_get_line() to abort. */ static int gl_check_caught_signal(GetLine *gl) { GlSignalNode *sig; /* The signal disposition */ SigAction keep_action; /* The signal disposition of tecla signal handlers */ unsigned flags; /* The signal processing flags to use */ int signo; /* The signal to be handled */ /* * Was no signal caught? */ if(gl_pending_signal == -1) return 0; /* * Get the signal to be handled. */ signo = gl_pending_signal; /* * Mark the signal as handled. Note that at this point, all of * the signals that we are trapping are blocked from delivery. */ gl_pending_signal = -1; /* * Record the signal that was caught, so that the user can query it later. */ gl->last_signal = signo; /* * In non-blocking server mode, the application is responsible for * responding to terminal signals, and we don't want gl_get_line()s * normal signal handling to clash with this, so whenever a signal * is caught, we arrange for gl_get_line() to abort and requeue the * signal while signals are still blocked. If the application * had the signal unblocked when gl_get_line() was called, the signal * will be delivered again as soon as gl_get_line() restores the * process signal mask, just before returning to the application. * Note that the caller of this function should set gl->pending_io * to the appropriate choice of GLP_READ and GLP_WRITE, before returning. */ if(gl->io_mode==GL_SERVER_MODE) { gl_record_status(gl, GLR_SIGNAL, EINTR); raise(signo); return 1; }; /* * Lookup the requested disposition of this signal. */ for(sig=gl->sigs; sig && sig->signo != signo; sig=sig->next) ; if(!sig) return 0; /* * Get the signal response flags for this signal. */ flags = sig->flags; /* * Did we receive a terminal size signal? */ #ifdef SIGWINCH if(signo == SIGWINCH && _gl_update_size(gl)) return 1; #endif /* * Start a fresh line? */ if(flags & GLS_RESTORE_LINE) { if(gl_start_newline(gl, 0)) return 1; }; /* * Restore terminal settings to how they were before gl_get_line() was * called? */ if(flags & GLS_RESTORE_TTY) gl_restore_terminal_attributes(gl); /* * Restore signal handlers to how they were before gl_get_line() was * called? If this hasn't been requested, only reinstate the signal * handler of the signal that we are handling. */ if(flags & GLS_RESTORE_SIG) { gl_restore_signal_handlers(gl); gl_unmask_signals(gl, &gl->old_signal_set); } else { (void) sigaction(sig->signo, &sig->original, &keep_action); (void) sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &sig->proc_mask, NULL); }; /* * Forward the signal to the application's signal handler. */ if(!(flags & GLS_DONT_FORWARD)) raise(signo); /* * Reinstate our signal handlers. */ if(flags & GLS_RESTORE_SIG) { gl_mask_signals(gl, NULL); gl_override_signal_handlers(gl); } else { (void) sigaction(sig->signo, &keep_action, NULL); (void) sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &sig->proc_mask, NULL); }; /* * Do we need to reinstate our terminal settings? */ if(flags & GLS_RESTORE_TTY) gl_raw_terminal_mode(gl); /* * Redraw the line? */ if(flags & GLS_REDRAW_LINE) gl_queue_redisplay(gl); /* * What next? */ switch(sig->after) { case GLS_RETURN: gl_newline(gl, 1, NULL); return gl_flush_output(gl); break; case GLS_ABORT: gl_record_status(gl, GLR_SIGNAL, sig->errno_value); return 1; break; case GLS_CONTINUE: return gl_flush_output(gl); break; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Get pertinent terminal control strings and the initial terminal size. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * term char * The type of the terminal. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_control_strings(GetLine *gl, const char *term) { int bad_term = 0; /* True if term is unusable */ /* * Discard any existing control strings from a previous terminal. */ gl->left = NULL; gl->right = NULL; gl->up = NULL; gl->down = NULL; gl->home = NULL; gl->bol = 0; gl->clear_eol = NULL; gl->clear_eod = NULL; gl->u_arrow = NULL; gl->d_arrow = NULL; gl->l_arrow = NULL; gl->r_arrow = NULL; gl->sound_bell = NULL; gl->bold = NULL; gl->underline = NULL; gl->standout = NULL; gl->dim = NULL; gl->reverse = NULL; gl->blink = NULL; gl->text_attr_off = NULL; gl->nline = 0; gl->ncolumn = 0; #ifdef USE_TERMINFO gl->left_n = NULL; gl->right_n = NULL; #endif /* * If possible lookup the information in a terminal information * database. */ #ifdef USE_TERMINFO { int errret; if(!term || setupterm((char *)term, gl->input_fd, &errret) == ERR) { bad_term = 1; } else { _clr_StringGroup(gl->capmem); gl->left = gl_tigetstr(gl, "cub1"); gl->right = gl_tigetstr(gl, "cuf1"); gl->up = gl_tigetstr(gl, "cuu1"); gl->down = gl_tigetstr(gl, "cud1"); gl->home = gl_tigetstr(gl, "home"); gl->clear_eol = gl_tigetstr(gl, "el"); gl->clear_eod = gl_tigetstr(gl, "ed"); gl->u_arrow = gl_tigetstr(gl, "kcuu1"); gl->d_arrow = gl_tigetstr(gl, "kcud1"); gl->l_arrow = gl_tigetstr(gl, "kcub1"); gl->r_arrow = gl_tigetstr(gl, "kcuf1"); gl->left_n = gl_tigetstr(gl, "cub"); gl->right_n = gl_tigetstr(gl, "cuf"); gl->sound_bell = gl_tigetstr(gl, "bel"); gl->bold = gl_tigetstr(gl, "bold"); gl->underline = gl_tigetstr(gl, "smul"); gl->standout = gl_tigetstr(gl, "smso"); gl->dim = gl_tigetstr(gl, "dim"); gl->reverse = gl_tigetstr(gl, "rev"); gl->blink = gl_tigetstr(gl, "blink"); gl->text_attr_off = gl_tigetstr(gl, "sgr0"); }; }; #elif defined(USE_TERMCAP) if(!term || tgetent(gl->tgetent_buf, (char *)term) < 0) { bad_term = 1; } else { char *tgetstr_buf_ptr = gl->tgetstr_buf; _clr_StringGroup(gl->capmem); gl->left = gl_tgetstr(gl, "le", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->right = gl_tgetstr(gl, "nd", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->up = gl_tgetstr(gl, "up", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->down = gl_tgetstr(gl, "do", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->home = gl_tgetstr(gl, "ho", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->clear_eol = gl_tgetstr(gl, "ce", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->clear_eod = gl_tgetstr(gl, "cd", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->u_arrow = gl_tgetstr(gl, "ku", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->d_arrow = gl_tgetstr(gl, "kd", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->l_arrow = gl_tgetstr(gl, "kl", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->r_arrow = gl_tgetstr(gl, "kr", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->sound_bell = gl_tgetstr(gl, "bl", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->bold = gl_tgetstr(gl, "md", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->underline = gl_tgetstr(gl, "us", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->standout = gl_tgetstr(gl, "so", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->dim = gl_tgetstr(gl, "mh", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->reverse = gl_tgetstr(gl, "mr", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->blink = gl_tgetstr(gl, "mb", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); gl->text_attr_off = gl_tgetstr(gl, "me", &tgetstr_buf_ptr); }; #endif /* * Report term being unusable. */ if(bad_term) { gl_print_info(gl, "Bad terminal type: \"", term ? term : "(null)", "\". Will assume vt100.", GL_END_INFO); }; /* * Fill in missing information with ANSI VT100 strings. */ if(!gl->left) gl->left = "\b"; /* ^H */ if(!gl->right) gl->right = GL_ESC_STR "[C"; if(!gl->up) gl->up = GL_ESC_STR "[A"; if(!gl->down) gl->down = "\n"; if(!gl->home) gl->home = GL_ESC_STR "[H"; if(!gl->bol) gl->bol = "\r"; if(!gl->clear_eol) gl->clear_eol = GL_ESC_STR "[K"; if(!gl->clear_eod) gl->clear_eod = GL_ESC_STR "[J"; if(!gl->u_arrow) gl->u_arrow = GL_ESC_STR "[A"; if(!gl->d_arrow) gl->d_arrow = GL_ESC_STR "[B"; if(!gl->l_arrow) gl->l_arrow = GL_ESC_STR "[D"; if(!gl->r_arrow) gl->r_arrow = GL_ESC_STR "[C"; if(!gl->sound_bell) gl->sound_bell = "\a"; if(!gl->bold) gl->bold = GL_ESC_STR "[1m"; if(!gl->underline) gl->underline = GL_ESC_STR "[4m"; if(!gl->standout) gl->standout = GL_ESC_STR "[1;7m"; if(!gl->dim) gl->dim = ""; /* Not available */ if(!gl->reverse) gl->reverse = GL_ESC_STR "[7m"; if(!gl->blink) gl->blink = GL_ESC_STR "[5m"; if(!gl->text_attr_off) gl->text_attr_off = GL_ESC_STR "[m"; /* * Find out the current terminal size. */ (void) _gl_terminal_size(gl, GL_DEF_NCOLUMN, GL_DEF_NLINE, NULL); return 0; } #ifdef USE_TERMINFO /*....................................................................... * This is a private function of gl_control_strings() used to look up * a termninal capability string from the terminfo database and make * a private copy of it. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * name const char * The name of the terminfo string to look up. * Output: * return const char * The local copy of the capability, or NULL * if not available. */ static const char *gl_tigetstr(GetLine *gl, const char *name) { const char *value = tigetstr((char *)name); if(!value || value == (char *) -1) return NULL; return _sg_store_string(gl->capmem, value, 0); } #elif defined(USE_TERMCAP) /*....................................................................... * This is a private function of gl_control_strings() used to look up * a termninal capability string from the termcap database and make * a private copy of it. Note that some emulations of tgetstr(), such * as that used by Solaris, ignores the buffer pointer that is past to * it, so we can't assume that a private copy has been made that won't * be trashed by another call to gl_control_strings() by another * GetLine object. So we make what may be a redundant private copy * of the string in gl->capmem. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * name const char * The name of the terminfo string to look up. * Input/Output: * bufptr char ** On input *bufptr points to the location in * gl->tgetstr_buf at which to record the * capability string. On output *bufptr is * incremented over the stored string. * Output: * return const char * The local copy of the capability, or NULL * on error. */ static const char *gl_tgetstr(GetLine *gl, const char *name, char **bufptr) { const char *value = tgetstr((char *)name, bufptr); if(!value || value == (char *) -1) return NULL; return _sg_store_string(gl->capmem, value, 0); } #endif /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that implements a user interrupt (eg. ^C). */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_user_interrupt) { raise(SIGINT); return 1; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that implements the abort signal. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_abort) { raise(SIGABRT); return 1; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that sends a suspend signal (eg. ^Z) to the * the parent process. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_suspend) { raise(SIGTSTP); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that halts output to the terminal. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_stop_output) { tcflow(gl->output_fd, TCOOFF); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that resumes halted terminal output. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_start_output) { tcflow(gl->output_fd, TCOON); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that allows the next character to be accepted * without any interpretation as a special character. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_literal_next) { char c; /* The character to be added to the line */ int i; /* * Get the character to be inserted literally. */ if(gl_read_terminal(gl, 1, &c)) return 1; /* * Add the character to the line 'count' times. */ for(i=0; incolumn) % TAB_WIDTH); } /*....................................................................... * Return the number of characters needed to display a given character * on the screen. Tab characters require eight spaces, and control * characters are represented by a caret followed by the modified * character. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * c char The character to be displayed. * term_curpos int The destination terminal location of the character. * This is needed because the width of tab characters * depends on where they are, relative to the * preceding tab stops. * Output: * return int The number of terminal charaters needed. */ static int gl_displayed_char_width(GetLine *gl, char c, int term_curpos) { if(c=='\t') return gl_displayed_tab_width(gl, term_curpos); if(IS_CTRL_CHAR(c)) return 2; if(!isprint((int)(unsigned char) c)) return gl_octal_width((int)(unsigned char)c) + 1; return 1; } /*....................................................................... * Work out the length of given string of characters on the terminal. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * string char * The string to be measured. * nc int The number of characters to be measured, or -1 * to measure the whole string. * term_curpos int The destination terminal location of the character. * This is needed because the width of tab characters * depends on where they are, relative to the * preceding tab stops. * Output: * return int The number of displayed characters. */ static int gl_displayed_string_width(GetLine *gl, const char *string, int nc, int term_curpos) { int slen = 0; /* The displayed number of characters */ int i; /* * How many characters are to be measured? */ if(nc < 0) nc = strlen(string); /* * Add up the length of the displayed string. */ for(i=0; iflush_fn; /* * Only display output when echoing is turned on. */ if(gl->echo) { int ndone = 0; /* The number of characters written so far */ /* * When using un-buffered I/O, flush pending output first. */ if(!buffered) { if(gl_flush_output(gl)) return 1; }; /* * If no length has been provided, measure the length of the string. */ if(n < 0) n = strlen(string); /* * Write the string. */ if(write_fn(gl, string + ndone, n-ndone) != n) return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Output a terminal control sequence. When using terminfo, * this must be a sequence returned by tgetstr() or tigetstr() * respectively. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * nline int The number of lines affected by the operation, * or 1 if not relevant. * string char * The control sequence to be sent. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_print_control_sequence(GetLine *gl, int nline, const char *string) { int waserr = 0; /* True if an error occurs */ /* * Only write characters to the terminal when echoing is enabled. */ if(gl->echo) { #if defined(USE_TERMINFO) || defined(USE_TERMCAP) tputs_gl = gl; errno = 0; tputs((char *)string, nline, gl_tputs_putchar); waserr = errno != 0; #else waserr = gl_print_raw_string(gl, 1, string, -1); #endif }; return waserr; } #if defined(USE_TERMINFO) || defined(USE_TERMCAP) /*....................................................................... * The following callback function is called by tputs() to output a raw * control character to the terminal. */ static TputsRetType gl_tputs_putchar(TputsArgType c) { char ch = c; #if TPUTS_RETURNS_VALUE return gl_print_raw_string(tputs_gl, 1, &ch, 1); #else (void) gl_print_raw_string(tputs_gl, 1, &ch, 1); #endif } #endif /*....................................................................... * Move the terminal cursor n characters to the left or right. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this program. * n int number of positions to the right (> 0) or left (< 0). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_terminal_move_cursor(GetLine *gl, int n) { int cur_row, cur_col; /* The current terminal row and column index of */ /* the cursor wrt the start of the input line. */ int new_row, new_col; /* The target terminal row and column index of */ /* the cursor wrt the start of the input line. */ /* * Do nothing if the input line isn't currently displayed. In this * case, the cursor will be moved to the right place when the line * is next redisplayed. */ if(!gl->displayed) return 0; /* * How far can we move left? */ if(gl->term_curpos + n < 0) n = gl->term_curpos; /* * Break down the current and target cursor locations into rows and columns. */ cur_row = gl->term_curpos / gl->ncolumn; cur_col = gl->term_curpos % gl->ncolumn; new_row = (gl->term_curpos + n) / gl->ncolumn; new_col = (gl->term_curpos + n) % gl->ncolumn; /* * Move down to the next line. */ for(; cur_row < new_row; cur_row++) { if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->down)) return 1; }; /* * Move up to the previous line. */ for(; cur_row > new_row; cur_row--) { if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->up)) return 1; }; /* * Move to the right within the target line? */ if(cur_col < new_col) { #ifdef USE_TERMINFO /* * Use a parameterized control sequence if it generates less control * characters (guess based on ANSI terminal termcap entry). */ if(gl->right_n != NULL && new_col - cur_col > 1) { if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, tparm((char *)gl->right_n, (long)(new_col - cur_col), 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l))) return 1; } else #endif { for(; cur_col < new_col; cur_col++) { if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->right)) return 1; }; }; /* * Move to the left within the target line? */ } else if(cur_col > new_col) { #ifdef USE_TERMINFO /* * Use a parameterized control sequence if it generates less control * characters (guess based on ANSI terminal termcap entry). */ if(gl->left_n != NULL && cur_col - new_col > 3) { if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, tparm((char *)gl->left_n, (long)(cur_col - new_col), 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l, 0l))) return 1; } else #endif { for(; cur_col > new_col; cur_col--) { if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->left)) return 1; }; }; } /* * Update the recorded position of the terminal cursor. */ gl->term_curpos += n; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Write a character to the terminal after expanding tabs and control * characters to their multi-character representations. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this program. * c char The character to be output. * pad char Many terminals have the irritating feature that * when one writes a character in the last column of * of the terminal, the cursor isn't wrapped to the * start of the next line until one more character * is written. Some terminals don't do this, so * after such a write, we don't know where the * terminal is unless we output an extra character. * This argument specifies the character to write. * If at the end of the input line send '\0' or a * space, and a space will be written. Otherwise, * pass the next character in the input line * following the one being written. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. */ static int gl_print_char(GetLine *gl, char c, char pad) { char string[TAB_WIDTH + 4]; /* A work area for composing compound strings */ int nchar; /* The number of terminal characters */ int i; /* * Check for special characters. */ if(c == '\t') { /* * How many spaces do we need to represent a tab at the current terminal * column? */ nchar = gl_displayed_tab_width(gl, gl->term_curpos); /* * Compose the tab string. */ for(i=0; iterm_curpos += nchar; /* * Keep a record of the number of characters in the terminal version * of the input line. */ if(gl->term_curpos > gl->term_len) gl->term_len = gl->term_curpos; /* * If the new character ended exactly at the end of a line, * most terminals won't move the cursor onto the next line until we * have written a character on the next line, so append an extra * space then move the cursor back. */ if(gl->term_curpos % gl->ncolumn == 0) { int term_curpos = gl->term_curpos; if(gl_print_char(gl, pad ? pad : ' ', ' ') || gl_set_term_curpos(gl, term_curpos)) return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Write a string to the terminal after expanding tabs and control * characters to their multi-character representations. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this program. * string char * The string to be output. * pad char Many terminals have the irritating feature that * when one writes a character in the last column of * of the terminal, the cursor isn't wrapped to the * start of the next line until one more character * is written. Some terminals don't do this, so * after such a write, we don't know where the * terminal is unless we output an extra character. * This argument specifies the character to write. * If at the end of the input line send '\0' or a * space, and a space will be written. Otherwise, * pass the next character in the input line * following the one being written. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. */ static int gl_print_string(GetLine *gl, const char *string, char pad) { const char *cptr; /* A pointer into string[] */ for(cptr=string; *cptr; cptr++) { char nextc = cptr[1]; if(gl_print_char(gl, *cptr, nextc ? nextc : pad)) return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Move the terminal cursor position. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * term_curpos int The destination terminal cursor position. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_set_term_curpos(GetLine *gl, int term_curpos) { return gl_terminal_move_cursor(gl, term_curpos - gl->term_curpos); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that moves the buffer cursor one character * left, and updates the terminal cursor to match. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_cursor_left) { return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos - count); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that moves the buffer cursor one character * right, and updates the terminal cursor to match. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_cursor_right) { return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos + count); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that toggles between overwrite and insert * mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_insert_mode) { gl->insert = !gl->insert; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which moves the cursor to the beginning of * the line. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_beginning_of_line) { return gl_place_cursor(gl, 0); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which moves the cursor to the end of * the line. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_end_of_line) { return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->ntotal); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes the entire contents of the * current line. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_line) { /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Copy the contents of the line to the cut buffer. */ strlcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line, gl->linelen); /* * Clear the buffer. */ gl_truncate_buffer(gl, 0); /* * Move the terminal cursor to just after the prompt. */ if(gl_place_cursor(gl, 0)) return 1; /* * Clear from the end of the prompt to the end of the terminal. */ if(gl_truncate_display(gl)) return 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes all characters between the * current cursor position and the end of the line. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_kill_line) { /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Copy the part of the line that is about to be deleted to the cut buffer. */ strlcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + gl->buff_curpos, gl->linelen); /* * Terminate the buffered line at the current cursor position. */ gl_truncate_buffer(gl, gl->buff_curpos); /* * Clear the part of the line that follows the cursor. */ if(gl_truncate_display(gl)) return 1; /* * Explicitly reset the cursor position to allow vi command mode * constraints on its position to be set. */ return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes all characters between the * start of the line and the current cursor position. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_kill_line) { /* * How many characters are to be deleted from before the cursor? */ int nc = gl->buff_curpos - gl->insert_curpos; if (!nc) return 0; /* * Move the cursor to the start of the line, or in vi input mode, * the start of the sub-line at which insertion started, and delete * up to the old cursor position. */ return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->insert_curpos) || gl_delete_chars(gl, nc, gl->editor == GL_EMACS_MODE || gl->vi.command); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which moves the cursor forward by a word. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_word) { return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl_nth_word_end_forward(gl, count) + (gl->editor==GL_EMACS_MODE)); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which moves the cursor forward to the start * of the next word. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_to_word) { return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl_nth_word_start_forward(gl, count)); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which moves the cursor backward by a word. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_word) { return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl_nth_word_start_backward(gl, count)); } /*....................................................................... * Delete one or more characters, starting with the one under the cursor. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * nc int The number of characters to delete. * cut int If true, copy the characters to the cut buffer. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_delete_chars(GetLine *gl, int nc, int cut) { /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * If there are fewer than nc characters following the cursor, limit * nc to the number available. */ if(gl->buff_curpos + nc > gl->ntotal) nc = gl->ntotal - gl->buff_curpos; /* * Copy the about to be deleted region to the cut buffer. */ if(cut) { memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + gl->buff_curpos, nc); gl->cutbuf[nc] = '\0'; } /* * Nothing to delete? */ if(nc <= 0) return 0; /* * In vi overwrite mode, restore any previously overwritten characters * from the undo buffer. */ if(gl->editor == GL_VI_MODE && !gl->vi.command && !gl->insert) { /* * How many of the characters being deleted can be restored from the * undo buffer? */ int nrestore = gl->buff_curpos + nc <= gl->vi.undo.ntotal ? nc : gl->vi.undo.ntotal - gl->buff_curpos; /* * Restore any available characters. */ if(nrestore > 0) { gl_buffer_string(gl, gl->vi.undo.line + gl->buff_curpos, nrestore, gl->buff_curpos); }; /* * If their were insufficient characters in the undo buffer, then this * implies that we are deleting from the end of the line, so we need * to terminate the line either where the undo buffer ran out, or if * we are deleting from beyond the end of the undo buffer, at the current * cursor position. */ if(nc != nrestore) { gl_truncate_buffer(gl, (gl->vi.undo.ntotal > gl->buff_curpos) ? gl->vi.undo.ntotal : gl->buff_curpos); }; } else { /* * Copy the remaining part of the line back over the deleted characters. */ gl_remove_from_buffer(gl, gl->buff_curpos, nc); }; /* * Redraw the remaining characters following the cursor. */ if(gl_print_string(gl, gl->line + gl->buff_curpos, '\0')) return 1; /* * Clear to the end of the terminal. */ if(gl_truncate_display(gl)) return 1; /* * Place the cursor at the start of where the deletion was performed. */ return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes character(s) under the * cursor without moving the cursor. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_delete_char) { /* * Delete 'count' characters. */ return gl_delete_chars(gl, count, gl->vi.command); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes character(s) under the * cursor and moves the cursor back one character. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_delete_char) { /* * Restrict the deletion count to the number of characters that * precede the insertion point. */ if(count > gl->buff_curpos - gl->insert_curpos) count = gl->buff_curpos - gl->insert_curpos; /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); return gl_cursor_left(gl, count, NULL) || gl_delete_chars(gl, count, gl->vi.command); } /*....................................................................... * Starting from the cursor position delete to the specified column. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_to_column) { if (--count >= gl->buff_curpos) return gl_forward_delete_char(gl, count - gl->buff_curpos, NULL); else return gl_backward_delete_char(gl, gl->buff_curpos - count, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * Starting from the cursor position delete characters to a matching * parenthesis. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_to_parenthesis) { int curpos = gl_index_of_matching_paren(gl); if(curpos >= 0) { gl_save_for_undo(gl); if(curpos >= gl->buff_curpos) return gl_forward_delete_char(gl, curpos - gl->buff_curpos + 1, NULL); else return gl_backward_delete_char(gl, ++gl->buff_curpos - curpos + 1, NULL); }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes from the cursor to the end * of the word that the cursor is either in or precedes. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_delete_word) { /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * In emacs mode delete to the end of the word. In vi mode delete to the * start of the net word. */ if(gl->editor == GL_EMACS_MODE) { return gl_delete_chars(gl, gl_nth_word_end_forward(gl,count) - gl->buff_curpos + 1, 1); } else { return gl_delete_chars(gl, gl_nth_word_start_forward(gl,count) - gl->buff_curpos, gl->vi.command); }; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes the word that precedes the * cursor. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_delete_word) { /* * Keep a record of the current cursor position. */ int buff_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Move back 'count' words. */ if(gl_backward_word(gl, count, NULL)) return 1; /* * Delete from the new cursor position to the original one. */ return gl_delete_chars(gl, buff_curpos - gl->buff_curpos, gl->editor == GL_EMACS_MODE || gl->vi.command); } /*....................................................................... * Searching in a given direction, delete to the count'th * instance of a specified or queried character, in the input line. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * count int The number of times to search. * c char The character to be searched for, or '\0' if * the character should be read from the user. * forward int True if searching forward. * onto int True if the search should end on top of the * character, false if the search should stop * one character before the character in the * specified search direction. * change int If true, this function is being called upon * to do a vi change command, in which case the * user will be left in insert mode after the * deletion. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_delete_find(GetLine *gl, int count, char c, int forward, int onto, int change) { /* * Search for the character, and abort the deletion if not found. */ int pos = gl_find_char(gl, count, forward, onto, c); if(pos < 0) return 0; /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Allow the cursor to be at the end of the line if this is a change * command. */ if(change) gl->vi.command = 0; /* * Delete the appropriate span of characters. */ if(forward) { if(gl_delete_chars(gl, pos - gl->buff_curpos + 1, 1)) return 1; } else { int buff_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; if(gl_place_cursor(gl, pos) || gl_delete_chars(gl, buff_curpos - gl->buff_curpos, 1)) return 1; }; /* * If this is a change operation, switch the insert mode. */ if(change && gl_vi_insert(gl, 0, NULL)) return 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes forward from the cursor up to and * including a specified character. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_delete_find) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, '\0', 1, 1, 0); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes backward from the cursor back to * and including a specified character. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_delete_find) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, '\0', 0, 1, 0); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes forward from the cursor up to but * not including a specified character. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_delete_to) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, '\0', 1, 0, 0); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes backward from the cursor back to * but not including a specified character. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_delete_to) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, '\0', 0, 0, 0); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes to a character specified by a * previous search. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_refind) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, gl->vi.find_char, gl->vi.find_forward, gl->vi.find_onto, 0); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes to a character specified by a * previous search, but in the opposite direction. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_delete_invert_refind) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, gl->vi.find_char, !gl->vi.find_forward, gl->vi.find_onto, 0); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which converts the characters in the word * following the cursor to upper case. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_upcase_word) { /* * Locate the count'th word ending after the cursor. */ int last = gl_nth_word_end_forward(gl, count); /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Upcase characters from the current cursor position to 'last'. */ while(gl->buff_curpos <= last) { char *cptr = gl->line + gl->buff_curpos; /* * Convert the character to upper case? */ if(islower((int)(unsigned char) *cptr)) gl_buffer_char(gl, toupper((int) *cptr), gl->buff_curpos); gl->buff_curpos++; /* * Write the possibly modified character back. Note that for non-modified * characters we want to do this as well, so as to advance the cursor. */ if(gl_print_char(gl, *cptr, cptr[1])) return 1; }; return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos); /* bounds check */ } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which converts the characters in the word * following the cursor to lower case. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_downcase_word) { /* * Locate the count'th word ending after the cursor. */ int last = gl_nth_word_end_forward(gl, count); /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Upcase characters from the current cursor position to 'last'. */ while(gl->buff_curpos <= last) { char *cptr = gl->line + gl->buff_curpos; /* * Convert the character to upper case? */ if(isupper((int)(unsigned char) *cptr)) gl_buffer_char(gl, tolower((int) *cptr), gl->buff_curpos); gl->buff_curpos++; /* * Write the possibly modified character back. Note that for non-modified * characters we want to do this as well, so as to advance the cursor. */ if(gl_print_char(gl, *cptr, cptr[1])) return 1; }; return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos); /* bounds check */ } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which converts the first character of the * following word to upper case, in order to capitalize the word, and * leaves the cursor at the end of the word. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_capitalize_word) { char *cptr; /* &gl->line[gl->buff_curpos] */ int first; /* True for the first letter of the word */ int i; /* * Keep a record of the current insert mode and the cursor position. */ int insert = gl->insert; /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * We want to overwrite the modified word. */ gl->insert = 0; /* * Capitalize 'count' words. */ for(i=0; ibuff_curpos < gl->ntotal; i++) { int pos = gl->buff_curpos; /* * If we are not already within a word, skip to the start of the word. */ for(cptr = gl->line + pos ; posntotal && !gl_is_word_char((int) *cptr); pos++, cptr++) ; /* * Move the cursor to the new position. */ if(gl_place_cursor(gl, pos)) return 1; /* * While searching for the end of the word, change lower case letters * to upper case. */ for(first=1; gl->buff_curposntotal && gl_is_word_char((int) *cptr); gl->buff_curpos++, cptr++) { /* * Convert the character to upper case? */ if(first) { if(islower((int)(unsigned char) *cptr)) gl_buffer_char(gl, toupper((int) *cptr), cptr - gl->line); } else { if(isupper((int)(unsigned char) *cptr)) gl_buffer_char(gl, tolower((int) *cptr), cptr - gl->line); }; first = 0; /* * Write the possibly modified character back. Note that for non-modified * characters we want to do this as well, so as to advance the cursor. */ if(gl_print_char(gl, *cptr, cptr[1])) return 1; }; }; /* * Restore the insertion mode. */ gl->insert = insert; return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos); /* bounds check */ } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which redraws the current line. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_redisplay) { /* * Keep a record of the current cursor position. */ int buff_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; /* * Do nothing if there is no line to be redisplayed. */ if(gl->endline) return 0; /* * Erase the current input line. */ if(gl_erase_line(gl)) return 1; /* * Display the current prompt. */ if(gl_display_prompt(gl)) return 1; /* * Render the part of the line that the user has typed in so far. */ if(gl_print_string(gl, gl->line, '\0')) return 1; /* * Restore the cursor position. */ if(gl_place_cursor(gl, buff_curpos)) return 1; /* * Mark the redisplay operation as having been completed. */ gl->redisplay = 0; /* * Flush the redisplayed line to the terminal. */ return gl_flush_output(gl); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which clears the display and redraws the * input line from the home position. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_clear_screen) { /* * Home the cursor and clear from there to the end of the display. */ if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, gl->nline, gl->home) || gl_print_control_sequence(gl, gl->nline, gl->clear_eod)) return 1; /* * The input line is no longer displayed. */ gl_line_erased(gl); /* * Arrange for the input line to be redisplayed. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which swaps the character under the cursor * with the character to the left of the cursor. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_transpose_chars) { char from[3]; /* The original string of 2 characters */ char swap[3]; /* The swapped string of two characters */ /* * If we are at the beginning or end of the line, there aren't two * characters to swap. */ if(gl->buff_curpos < 1 || gl->buff_curpos >= gl->ntotal) return 0; /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Get the original and swapped strings of the two characters. */ from[0] = gl->line[gl->buff_curpos - 1]; from[1] = gl->line[gl->buff_curpos]; from[2] = '\0'; swap[0] = gl->line[gl->buff_curpos]; swap[1] = gl->line[gl->buff_curpos - 1]; swap[2] = '\0'; /* * Move the cursor to the start of the two characters. */ if(gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos-1)) return 1; /* * Swap the two characters in the buffer. */ gl_buffer_char(gl, swap[0], gl->buff_curpos); gl_buffer_char(gl, swap[1], gl->buff_curpos+1); /* * If the sum of the displayed width of the two characters * in their current and final positions is the same, swapping can * be done by just overwriting with the two swapped characters. */ if(gl_displayed_string_width(gl, from, -1, gl->term_curpos) == gl_displayed_string_width(gl, swap, -1, gl->term_curpos)) { int insert = gl->insert; gl->insert = 0; if(gl_print_char(gl, swap[0], swap[1]) || gl_print_char(gl, swap[1], gl->line[gl->buff_curpos+2])) return 1; gl->insert = insert; /* * If the swapped substring has a different displayed size, we need to * redraw everything after the first of the characters. */ } else { if(gl_print_string(gl, gl->line + gl->buff_curpos, '\0') || gl_truncate_display(gl)) return 1; }; /* * Advance the cursor to the character after the swapped pair. */ return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos + 2); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which sets a mark at the current cursor * location. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_set_mark) { gl->buff_mark = gl->buff_curpos; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which swaps the mark location for the * cursor location. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_exchange_point_and_mark) { /* * Get the old mark position, and limit to the extent of the input * line. */ int old_mark = gl->buff_mark <= gl->ntotal ? gl->buff_mark : gl->ntotal; /* * Make the current cursor position the new mark. */ gl->buff_mark = gl->buff_curpos; /* * Move the cursor to the old mark position. */ return gl_place_cursor(gl, old_mark); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes the characters between the * mark and the cursor, recording them in gl->cutbuf for later pasting. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_kill_region) { /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Limit the mark to be within the line. */ if(gl->buff_mark > gl->ntotal) gl->buff_mark = gl->ntotal; /* * If there are no characters between the cursor and the mark, simply clear * the cut buffer. */ if(gl->buff_mark == gl->buff_curpos) { gl->cutbuf[0] = '\0'; return 0; }; /* * If the mark is before the cursor, swap the cursor and the mark. */ if(gl->buff_mark < gl->buff_curpos && gl_exchange_point_and_mark(gl,1,NULL)) return 1; /* * Delete the characters. */ if(gl_delete_chars(gl, gl->buff_mark - gl->buff_curpos, 1)) return 1; /* * Make the mark the same as the cursor position. */ gl->buff_mark = gl->buff_curpos; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which records the characters between the * mark and the cursor, in gl->cutbuf for later pasting. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_region_as_kill) { int ca, cb; /* The indexes of the first and last characters in the region */ int mark; /* The position of the mark */ /* * Get the position of the mark, limiting it to lie within the line. */ mark = gl->buff_mark > gl->ntotal ? gl->ntotal : gl->buff_mark; /* * If there are no characters between the cursor and the mark, clear * the cut buffer. */ if(mark == gl->buff_curpos) { gl->cutbuf[0] = '\0'; return 0; }; /* * Get the line indexes of the first and last characters in the region. */ if(mark < gl->buff_curpos) { ca = mark; cb = gl->buff_curpos - 1; } else { ca = gl->buff_curpos; cb = mark - 1; }; /* * Copy the region to the cut buffer. */ memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + ca, cb + 1 - ca); gl->cutbuf[cb + 1 - ca] = '\0'; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which inserts the contents of the cut * buffer at the current cursor location. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_yank) { int i; /* * Set the mark at the current location. */ gl->buff_mark = gl->buff_curpos; /* * Do nothing else if the cut buffer is empty. */ if(gl->cutbuf[0] == '\0') return gl_ring_bell(gl, 1, NULL); /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Insert the string count times. */ for(i=0; icutbuf)) return 1; }; /* * gl_add_string_to_line() leaves the cursor after the last character that * was pasted, whereas vi leaves the cursor over the last character pasted. */ if(gl->editor == GL_VI_MODE && gl_cursor_left(gl, 1, NULL)) return 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which inserts the contents of the cut * buffer one character beyond the current cursor location. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_append_yank) { int was_command = gl->vi.command; int i; /* * If the cut buffer is empty, ring the terminal bell. */ if(gl->cutbuf[0] == '\0') return gl_ring_bell(gl, 1, NULL); /* * Set the mark at the current location + 1. */ gl->buff_mark = gl->buff_curpos + 1; /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Arrange to paste the text in insert mode after the current character. */ if(gl_vi_append(gl, 0, NULL)) return 1; /* * Insert the string count times. */ for(i=0; icutbuf)) return 1; }; /* * Switch back to command mode if necessary. */ if(was_command) gl_vi_command_mode(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Attempt to ask the terminal for its current size. On systems that * don't support the TIOCWINSZ ioctl() for querying the terminal size, * the current values of gl->ncolumn and gl->nrow are returned. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Input/Output: * ncolumn int * The number of columns will be assigned to *ncolumn. * nline int * The number of lines will be assigned to *nline. */ static void gl_query_size(GetLine *gl, int *ncolumn, int *nline) { #ifdef TIOCGWINSZ /* * Query the new terminal window size. Ignore invalid responses. */ struct winsize size; if(ioctl(gl->output_fd, TIOCGWINSZ, &size) == 0 && size.ws_row > 0 && size.ws_col > 0) { *ncolumn = size.ws_col; *nline = size.ws_row; return; }; #endif /* * Return the existing values. */ *ncolumn = gl->ncolumn; *nline = gl->nline; return; } /*....................................................................... * Query the size of the terminal, and if it has changed, redraw the * current input line accordingly. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int _gl_update_size(GetLine *gl) { int ncolumn, nline; /* The new size of the terminal */ /* * Query the new terminal window size. */ gl_query_size(gl, &ncolumn, &nline); /* * Update gl and the displayed line to fit the new dimensions. */ return gl_handle_tty_resize(gl, ncolumn, nline); } /*....................................................................... * Redraw the current input line to account for a change in the terminal * size. Also install the new size in gl. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * ncolumn int The new number of columns. * nline int The new number of lines. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_handle_tty_resize(GetLine *gl, int ncolumn, int nline) { /* * If the input device isn't a terminal, just record the new size. */ if(!gl->is_term) { gl->nline = nline; gl->ncolumn = ncolumn; /* * Has the size actually changed? */ } else if(ncolumn != gl->ncolumn || nline != gl->nline) { /* * If we are currently editing a line, erase it. */ if(gl_erase_line(gl)) return 1; /* * Update the recorded window size. */ gl->nline = nline; gl->ncolumn = ncolumn; /* * Arrange for the input line to be redrawn before the next character * is read from the terminal. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that recalls the previous line in the * history buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_up_history) { /* * In vi mode, switch to command mode, since the user is very * likely to want to move around newly recalled lines. */ gl_vi_command_mode(gl); /* * Forget any previous recall session. */ gl->preload_id = 0; /* * Record the key sequence number of this search action. */ gl->last_search = gl->keyseq_count; /* * We don't want a search prefix for this function. */ if(_glh_search_prefix(gl->glh, gl->line, 0)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * Recall the count'th next older line in the history list. If the first one * fails we can return since nothing has changed, otherwise we must continue * and update the line state. */ if(_glh_find_backwards(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->linelen+1) == NULL) return 0; while(--count && _glh_find_backwards(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->linelen+1)) ; /* * Accomodate the new contents of gl->line[]. */ gl_update_buffer(gl); /* * Arrange to have the cursor placed at the end of the new line. */ gl->buff_curpos = gl->ntotal; /* * Erase and display the new line. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that recalls the next line in the * history buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_down_history) { /* * In vi mode, switch to command mode, since the user is very * likely to want to move around newly recalled lines. */ gl_vi_command_mode(gl); /* * Record the key sequence number of this search action. */ gl->last_search = gl->keyseq_count; /* * If no search is currently in progress continue a previous recall * session from a previous entered line if possible. */ if(_glh_line_id(gl->glh, 0) == 0 && gl->preload_id) { _glh_recall_line(gl->glh, gl->preload_id, gl->line, gl->linelen+1); gl->preload_id = 0; } else { /* * We don't want a search prefix for this function. */ if(_glh_search_prefix(gl->glh, gl->line, 0)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * Recall the count'th next newer line in the history list. If the first one * fails we can return since nothing has changed otherwise we must continue * and update the line state. */ if(_glh_find_forwards(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->linelen+1) == NULL) return 0; while(--count && _glh_find_forwards(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->linelen+1)) ; }; /* * Accomodate the new contents of gl->line[]. */ gl_update_buffer(gl); /* * Arrange to have the cursor placed at the end of the new line. */ gl->buff_curpos = gl->ntotal; /* * Erase and display the new line. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that recalls the previous line in the * history buffer whos prefix matches the characters that currently * precede the cursor. By setting count=-1, this can be used internally * to force searching for the prefix used in the last search. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_history_search_backward) { /* * In vi mode, switch to command mode, since the user is very * likely to want to move around newly recalled lines. */ gl_vi_command_mode(gl); /* * Forget any previous recall session. */ gl->preload_id = 0; /* * Record the key sequence number of this search action. */ gl->last_search = gl->keyseq_count; /* * If a prefix search isn't already in progress, replace the search * prefix to the string that precedes the cursor. In vi command mode * include the character that is under the cursor in the string. If * count<0 keep the previous search prefix regardless, so as to force * a repeat search even if the last command wasn't a history command. */ if(count >= 0 && !_glh_search_active(gl->glh) && _glh_search_prefix(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->buff_curpos + (gl->editor==GL_VI_MODE && gl->ntotal>0))) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * Search backwards for a match to the part of the line which precedes the * cursor. */ if(_glh_find_backwards(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->linelen+1) == NULL) return 0; /* * Accomodate the new contents of gl->line[]. */ gl_update_buffer(gl); /* * Arrange to have the cursor placed at the end of the new line. */ gl->buff_curpos = gl->ntotal; /* * Erase and display the new line. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that recalls the previous line in the * history buffer who's prefix matches that specified in an earlier call * to gl_history_search_backward() or gl_history_search_forward(). */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_history_re_search_backward) { return gl_history_search_backward(gl, -1, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that recalls the next line in the * history buffer who's prefix matches that specified in the earlier call * to gl_history_search_backward) which started the history search. * By setting count=-1, this can be used internally to force searching * for the prefix used in the last search. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_history_search_forward) { /* * In vi mode, switch to command mode, since the user is very * likely to want to move around newly recalled lines. */ gl_vi_command_mode(gl); /* * Record the key sequence number of this search action. */ gl->last_search = gl->keyseq_count; /* * If a prefix search isn't already in progress, replace the search * prefix to the string that precedes the cursor. In vi command mode * include the character that is under the cursor in the string. If * count<0 keep the previous search prefix regardless, so as to force * a repeat search even if the last command wasn't a history command. */ if(count >= 0 && !_glh_search_active(gl->glh) && _glh_search_prefix(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->buff_curpos + (gl->editor==GL_VI_MODE && gl->ntotal>0))) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * Search forwards for the next matching line. */ if(_glh_find_forwards(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->linelen+1) == NULL) return 0; /* * Accomodate the new contents of gl->line[]. */ gl_update_buffer(gl); /* * Arrange for the cursor to be placed at the end of the new line. */ gl->buff_curpos = gl->ntotal; /* * Erase and display the new line. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that recalls the next line in the * history buffer who's prefix matches that specified in an earlier call * to gl_history_search_backward() or gl_history_search_forward(). */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_history_re_search_forward) { return gl_history_search_forward(gl, -1, NULL); } #ifdef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM /*....................................................................... * The following function is used as the default completion handler when * the filesystem is to be hidden. It simply reports no completions. */ static CPL_MATCH_FN(gl_no_completions) { return 0; } #endif /*....................................................................... * This is the tab completion function that completes the filename that * precedes the cursor position. Its callback data argument must be a * pointer to a GlCplCallback containing the completion callback function * and its callback data, or NULL to use the builtin filename completer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_complete_word) { CplMatches *matches; /* The possible completions */ int suffix_len; /* The length of the completion extension */ int cont_len; /* The length of any continuation suffix */ int nextra; /* The number of characters being added to the */ /* total length of the line. */ int buff_pos; /* The buffer index at which the completion is */ /* to be inserted. */ int waserr = 0; /* True after errors */ /* * Get the container of the completion callback and its callback data. */ GlCplCallback *cb = data ? (GlCplCallback *) data : &gl->cplfn; /* * In vi command mode, switch to append mode so that the character under * the cursor is included in the completion (otherwise people can't * complete at the end of the line). */ if(gl->vi.command && gl_vi_append(gl, 0, NULL)) return 1; /* * Get the cursor position at which the completion is to be inserted. */ buff_pos = gl->buff_curpos; /* * Perform the completion. */ matches = cpl_complete_word(gl->cpl, gl->line, gl->buff_curpos, cb->data, cb->fn); /* * No matching completions? */ if(!matches) { waserr = gl_print_info(gl, cpl_last_error(gl->cpl), GL_END_INFO); /* * Are there any completions? */ } else if(matches->nmatch >= 1) { /* * If there any ambiguous matches, report them, starting on a new line. */ if(matches->nmatch > 1 && gl->echo) { if(_gl_normal_io(gl) || _cpl_output_completions(matches, gl_write_fn, gl, gl->ncolumn)) waserr = 1; }; /* * Get the length of the suffix and any continuation suffix to add to it. */ suffix_len = strlen(matches->suffix); cont_len = strlen(matches->cont_suffix); /* * If there is an unambiguous match, and the continuation suffix ends in * a newline, strip that newline and arrange to have getline return * after this action function returns. */ if(matches->nmatch==1 && cont_len > 0 && matches->cont_suffix[cont_len - 1] == '\n') { cont_len--; if(gl_newline(gl, 1, NULL)) waserr = 1; }; /* * Work out the number of characters that are to be added. */ nextra = suffix_len + cont_len; /* * Is there anything to be added? */ if(!waserr && nextra) { /* * Will there be space for the expansion in the line buffer? */ if(gl->ntotal + nextra < gl->linelen) { /* * Make room to insert the filename extension. */ gl_make_gap_in_buffer(gl, gl->buff_curpos, nextra); /* * Insert the filename extension. */ gl_buffer_string(gl, matches->suffix, suffix_len, gl->buff_curpos); /* * Add the terminating characters. */ gl_buffer_string(gl, matches->cont_suffix, cont_len, gl->buff_curpos + suffix_len); /* * Place the cursor position at the end of the completion. */ gl->buff_curpos += nextra; /* * If we don't have to redisplay the whole line, redisplay the part * of the line which follows the original cursor position, and place * the cursor at the end of the completion. */ if(gl->displayed) { if(gl_truncate_display(gl) || gl_print_string(gl, gl->line + buff_pos, '\0') || gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos)) waserr = 1; }; } else { (void) gl_print_info(gl, "Insufficient room in line for file completion.", GL_END_INFO); waserr = 1; }; }; }; /* * If any output had to be written to the terminal, then editing will * have been suspended, make sure that we are back in raw line editing * mode before returning. */ if(_gl_raw_io(gl, 1)) waserr = 1; return 0; } #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM /*....................................................................... * This is the function that expands the filename that precedes the * cursor position. It expands ~user/ expressions, $envvar expressions, * and wildcards. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_expand_filename) { char *start_path; /* The pointer to the start of the pathname in */ /* gl->line[]. */ FileExpansion *result; /* The results of the filename expansion */ int pathlen; /* The length of the pathname being expanded */ int length; /* The number of characters needed to display the */ /* expanded files. */ int nextra; /* The number of characters to be added */ int i,j; /* * In vi command mode, switch to append mode so that the character under * the cursor is included in the completion (otherwise people can't * complete at the end of the line). */ if(gl->vi.command && gl_vi_append(gl, 0, NULL)) return 1; /* * Locate the start of the filename that precedes the cursor position. */ start_path = _pu_start_of_path(gl->line, gl->buff_curpos); if(!start_path) return 1; /* * Get the length of the string that is to be expanded. */ pathlen = gl->buff_curpos - (start_path - gl->line); /* * Attempt to expand it. */ result = ef_expand_file(gl->ef, start_path, pathlen); /* * If there was an error, report the error on a new line. */ if(!result) return gl_print_info(gl, ef_last_error(gl->ef), GL_END_INFO); /* * If no files matched, report this as well. */ if(result->nfile == 0 || !result->exists) return gl_print_info(gl, "No files match.", GL_END_INFO); /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential use by * vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Work out how much space we will need to display all of the matching * filenames, taking account of the space that we need to place between * them, and the number of additional '\' characters needed to escape * spaces, tabs and backslash characters in the individual filenames. */ length = 0; for(i=0; infile; i++) { char *file = result->files[i]; while(*file) { int c = *file++; switch(c) { case ' ': case '\t': case '\\': case '*': case '?': case '[': length++; /* Count extra backslash characters */ }; length++; /* Count the character itself */ }; length++; /* Count the space that follows each filename */ }; /* * Work out the number of characters that are to be added. */ nextra = length - pathlen; /* * Will there be space for the expansion in the line buffer? */ if(gl->ntotal + nextra >= gl->linelen) { return gl_print_info(gl, "Insufficient room in line for file expansion.", GL_END_INFO); } else { /* * Do we need to move the part of the line that followed the unexpanded * filename? */ if(nextra > 0) { gl_make_gap_in_buffer(gl, gl->buff_curpos, nextra); } else if(nextra < 0) { gl->buff_curpos += nextra; gl_remove_from_buffer(gl, gl->buff_curpos, -nextra); }; /* * Insert the filenames, separated by spaces, and with internal spaces, * tabs and backslashes escaped with backslashes. */ for(i=0,j=start_path - gl->line; infile; i++) { char *file = result->files[i]; while(*file) { int c = *file++; switch(c) { case ' ': case '\t': case '\\': case '*': case '?': case '[': gl_buffer_char(gl, '\\', j++); }; gl_buffer_char(gl, c, j++); }; gl_buffer_char(gl, ' ', j++); }; }; /* * Redisplay the part of the line which follows the start of * the original filename. */ if(gl_place_cursor(gl, start_path - gl->line) || gl_truncate_display(gl) || gl_print_string(gl, start_path, start_path[length])) return 1; /* * Move the cursor to the end of the expansion. */ return gl_place_cursor(gl, (start_path - gl->line) + length); } #endif #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that lists glob expansions of the * filename that precedes the cursor position. It expands ~user/ * expressions, $envvar expressions, and wildcards. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_list_glob) { char *start_path; /* The pointer to the start of the pathname in */ /* gl->line[]. */ FileExpansion *result; /* The results of the filename expansion */ int pathlen; /* The length of the pathname being expanded */ /* * Locate the start of the filename that precedes the cursor position. */ start_path = _pu_start_of_path(gl->line, gl->buff_curpos); if(!start_path) return 1; /* * Get the length of the string that is to be expanded. */ pathlen = gl->buff_curpos - (start_path - gl->line); /* * Attempt to expand it. */ result = ef_expand_file(gl->ef, start_path, pathlen); /* * If there was an error, report it. */ if(!result) { return gl_print_info(gl, ef_last_error(gl->ef), GL_END_INFO); /* * If no files matched, report this as well. */ } else if(result->nfile == 0 || !result->exists) { return gl_print_info(gl, "No files match.", GL_END_INFO); /* * List the matching expansions. */ } else if(gl->echo) { if(gl_start_newline(gl, 1) || _ef_output_expansions(result, gl_write_fn, gl, gl->ncolumn)) return 1; gl_queue_redisplay(gl); }; return 0; } #endif /*....................................................................... * Return non-zero if a character should be considered a part of a word. * * Input: * c int The character to be tested. * Output: * return int True if the character should be considered part of a word. */ static int gl_is_word_char(int c) { return isalnum((int)(unsigned char)c) || strchr(GL_WORD_CHARS, c) != NULL; } /*....................................................................... * Override the builtin file-completion callback that is bound to the * "complete_word" action function. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of the command-line input * module. * data void * This is passed to match_fn() whenever it is * called. It could, for example, point to a * symbol table where match_fn() could look * for possible completions. * match_fn CplMatchFn * The function that will identify the prefix * to be completed from the input line, and * report matching symbols. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_customize_completion(GetLine *gl, void *data, CplMatchFn *match_fn) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !match_fn) { if(gl) _err_record_msg(gl->err, "NULL argument", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Record the new completion function and its callback data. */ gl->cplfn.fn = match_fn; gl->cplfn.data = data; /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Change the terminal (or stream) that getline interacts with. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of the command-line input * module. * input_fp FILE * The stdio stream to read from. * output_fp FILE * The stdio stream to write to. * term char * The terminal type. This can be NULL if * either or both of input_fp and output_fp don't * refer to a terminal. Otherwise it should refer * to an entry in the terminal information database. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_change_terminal(GetLine *gl, FILE *input_fp, FILE *output_fp, const char *term) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_change_terminal() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Execute the private body of the function while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_change_terminal(gl, input_fp, output_fp, term); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_change_terminal() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_change_terminal(GetLine *gl, FILE *input_fp, FILE *output_fp, const char *term) { int is_term = 0; /* True if both input_fd and output_fd are associated */ /* with a terminal. */ /* * Require that input_fp and output_fp both be valid. */ if(!input_fp || !output_fp) { gl_print_info(gl, "Can't change terminal. Bad input/output stream(s).", GL_END_INFO); return 1; }; /* * Are we displacing an existing terminal (as opposed to setting the * initial terminal)? */ if(gl->input_fd >= 0) { /* * Make sure to leave the previous terminal in a usable state. */ if(_gl_normal_io(gl)) return 1; /* * Remove the displaced terminal from the list of fds to watch. */ #ifdef HAVE_SELECT FD_CLR(gl->input_fd, &gl->rfds); #endif }; /* * Record the file descriptors and streams. */ gl->input_fp = input_fp; gl->input_fd = fileno(input_fp); gl->output_fp = output_fp; gl->output_fd = fileno(output_fp); /* * If needed, expand the record of the maximum file-descriptor that might * need to be monitored with select(). */ #ifdef HAVE_SELECT if(gl->input_fd > gl->max_fd) gl->max_fd = gl->input_fd; #endif /* * Disable terminal interaction until we have enough info to interact * with the terminal. */ gl->is_term = 0; /* * For terminal editing, we need both output_fd and input_fd to refer to * a terminal. While we can't verify that they both point to the same * terminal, we can verify that they point to terminals. */ is_term = isatty(gl->input_fd) && isatty(gl->output_fd); /* * If we are interacting with a terminal and no terminal type has been * specified, treat it as a generic ANSI terminal. */ if(is_term && !term) term = "ansi"; /* * Make a copy of the terminal type string. */ if(term != gl->term) { /* * Delete any old terminal type string. */ if(gl->term) { free(gl->term); gl->term = NULL; }; /* * Make a copy of the new terminal-type string, if any. */ if(term) { size_t termsz = strlen(term)+1; gl->term = (char *) malloc(termsz); if(gl->term) strlcpy(gl->term, term, termsz); }; }; /* * Clear any terminal-specific key bindings that were taken from the * settings of the last terminal. */ _kt_clear_bindings(gl->bindings, KTB_TERM); /* * If we have a terminal install new bindings for it. */ if(is_term) { /* * Get the current settings of the terminal. */ if(tcgetattr(gl->input_fd, &gl->oldattr)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcgetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * If we don't set this now, gl_control_strings() won't know * that it is talking to a terminal. */ gl->is_term = 1; /* * Lookup the terminal control string and size information. */ if(gl_control_strings(gl, term)) { gl->is_term = 0; return 1; }; /* * Bind terminal-specific keys. */ if(gl_bind_terminal_keys(gl)) return 1; }; /* * Assume that the caller has given us a terminal in a sane state. */ gl->io_mode = GL_NORMAL_MODE; /* * Switch into the currently configured I/O mode. */ if(_gl_io_mode(gl, gl->io_mode)) return 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Set up terminal-specific key bindings. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of the command-line input * module. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_bind_terminal_keys(GetLine *gl) { /* * Install key-bindings for the special terminal characters. */ if(gl_bind_control_char(gl, KTB_TERM, gl->oldattr.c_cc[VINTR], "user-interrupt") || gl_bind_control_char(gl, KTB_TERM, gl->oldattr.c_cc[VQUIT], "abort") || gl_bind_control_char(gl, KTB_TERM, gl->oldattr.c_cc[VSUSP], "suspend")) return 1; /* * In vi-mode, arrange for the above characters to be seen in command * mode. */ if(gl->editor == GL_VI_MODE) { if(gl_bind_control_char(gl, KTB_TERM, MAKE_META(gl->oldattr.c_cc[VINTR]), "user-interrupt") || gl_bind_control_char(gl, KTB_TERM, MAKE_META(gl->oldattr.c_cc[VQUIT]), "abort") || gl_bind_control_char(gl, KTB_TERM, MAKE_META(gl->oldattr.c_cc[VSUSP]), "suspend")) return 1; }; /* * Non-universal special keys. */ #ifdef VLNEXT if(gl_bind_control_char(gl, KTB_TERM, gl->oldattr.c_cc[VLNEXT], "literal-next")) return 1; #else if(_kt_set_keybinding(gl->bindings, KTB_TERM, "^V", "literal-next")) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _kt_last_error(gl->bindings), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; #endif /* * Bind action functions to the terminal-specific arrow keys * looked up by gl_control_strings(). */ if(_gl_bind_arrow_keys(gl)) return 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This function is normally bound to control-D. When it is invoked within * a line it deletes the character which follows the cursor. When invoked * at the end of the line it lists possible file completions, and when * invoked on an empty line it causes gl_get_line() to return EOF. This * function emulates the one that is normally bound to control-D by tcsh. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_del_char_or_list_or_eof) { /* * If we have an empty line arrange to return EOF. */ if(gl->ntotal < 1) { gl_record_status(gl, GLR_EOF, 0); return 1; /* * If we are at the end of the line list possible completions. */ } else if(gl->buff_curpos >= gl->ntotal) { return gl_list_completions(gl, 1, NULL); /* * Within the line delete the character that follows the cursor. */ } else { /* * If in vi command mode, first preserve the current line for potential use * by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Delete 'count' characters. */ return gl_forward_delete_char(gl, count, NULL); }; } /*....................................................................... * This function is normally bound to control-D in vi mode. When it is * invoked within a line it lists possible file completions, and when * invoked on an empty line it causes gl_get_line() to return EOF. This * function emulates the one that is normally bound to control-D by tcsh. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_list_or_eof) { /* * If we have an empty line arrange to return EOF. */ if(gl->ntotal < 1) { gl_record_status(gl, GLR_EOF, 0); return 1; /* * Otherwise list possible completions. */ } else { return gl_list_completions(gl, 1, NULL); }; } /*....................................................................... * List possible completions of the word that precedes the cursor. The * callback data argument must either be NULL to select the default * file completion callback, or be a GlCplCallback object containing the * completion callback function to call. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_list_completions) { int waserr = 0; /* True after errors */ /* * Get the container of the completion callback and its callback data. */ GlCplCallback *cb = data ? (GlCplCallback *) data : &gl->cplfn; /* * Get the list of possible completions. */ CplMatches *matches = cpl_complete_word(gl->cpl, gl->line, gl->buff_curpos, cb->data, cb->fn); /* * No matching completions? */ if(!matches) { waserr = gl_print_info(gl, cpl_last_error(gl->cpl), GL_END_INFO); /* * List the matches. */ } else if(matches->nmatch > 0 && gl->echo) { if(_gl_normal_io(gl) || _cpl_output_completions(matches, gl_write_fn, gl, gl->ncolumn)) waserr = 1; }; /* * If any output had to be written to the terminal, then editing will * have been suspended, make sure that we are back in raw line editing * mode before returning. */ if(_gl_raw_io(gl, 1)) waserr = 1; return waserr; } /*....................................................................... * Where the user has used the symbolic arrow-key names to specify * arrow key bindings, bind the specified action functions to the default * and terminal specific arrow key sequences. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int _gl_bind_arrow_keys(GetLine *gl) { /* * Process each of the arrow keys. */ if(_gl_rebind_arrow_key(gl, "up", gl->u_arrow, "^[[A", "^[OA") || _gl_rebind_arrow_key(gl, "down", gl->d_arrow, "^[[B", "^[OB") || _gl_rebind_arrow_key(gl, "left", gl->l_arrow, "^[[D", "^[OD") || _gl_rebind_arrow_key(gl, "right", gl->r_arrow, "^[[C", "^[OC")) return 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Lookup the action function of a symbolic arrow-key binding, and bind * it to the terminal-specific and default arrow-key sequences. Note that * we don't trust the terminal-specified key sequences to be correct. * The main reason for this is that on some machines the xterm terminfo * entry is for hardware X-terminals, rather than xterm terminal emulators * and the two terminal types emit different character sequences when the * their cursor keys are pressed. As a result we also supply a couple * of default key sequences. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * name char * The symbolic name of the arrow key. * term_seq char * The terminal-specific arrow-key sequence. * def_seq1 char * The first default arrow-key sequence. * def_seq2 char * The second arrow-key sequence. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int _gl_rebind_arrow_key(GetLine *gl, const char *name, const char *term_seq, const char *def_seq1, const char *def_seq2) { KeySym *keysym; /* The binding-table entry matching the arrow-key name */ int nsym; /* The number of ambiguous matches */ /* * Lookup the key binding for the symbolic name of the arrow key. This * will either be the default action, or a user provided one. */ if(_kt_lookup_keybinding(gl->bindings, name, strlen(name), &keysym, &nsym) == KT_EXACT_MATCH) { /* * Get the action function. */ KtAction *action = keysym->actions + keysym->binder; KtKeyFn *fn = action->fn; void *data = action->data; /* * Bind this to each of the specified key sequences. */ if((term_seq && _kt_set_keyfn(gl->bindings, KTB_TERM, term_seq, fn, data)) || (def_seq1 && _kt_set_keyfn(gl->bindings, KTB_NORM, def_seq1, fn, data)) || (def_seq2 && _kt_set_keyfn(gl->bindings, KTB_NORM, def_seq2, fn, data))) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _kt_last_error(gl->bindings), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Read getline configuration information from a given file. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * filename const char * The name of the file to read configuration * information from. The contents of this file * are as described in the gl_get_line(3) man * page for the default ~/.teclarc configuration * file. * who KtBinder Who bindings are to be installed for. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Irrecoverable error. */ static int _gl_read_config_file(GetLine *gl, const char *filename, KtBinder who) { /* * If filesystem access is to be excluded, configuration files can't * be read. */ #ifdef WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Can't read configuration files without filesystem access", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; #else FileExpansion *expansion; /* The expansion of the filename */ FILE *fp; /* The opened file */ int waserr = 0; /* True if an error occurred while reading */ int lineno = 1; /* The line number being processed */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !filename) { if(gl) _err_record_msg(gl->err, "NULL argument(s)", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Expand the filename. */ expansion = ef_expand_file(gl->ef, filename, -1); if(!expansion) { gl_print_info(gl, "Unable to expand ", filename, " (", ef_last_error(gl->ef), ").", GL_END_INFO); return 1; }; /* * Attempt to open the file. */ fp = fopen(expansion->files[0], "r"); /* * It isn't an error for there to be no configuration file. */ if(!fp) return 0; /* * Parse the contents of the file. */ while(!waserr && !feof(fp)) waserr = _gl_parse_config_line(gl, fp, glc_file_getc, filename, who, &lineno); /* * Bind action functions to the terminal-specific arrow keys. */ if(_gl_bind_arrow_keys(gl)) return 1; /* * Clean up. */ (void) fclose(fp); return waserr; #endif } /*....................................................................... * Read GetLine configuration information from a string. The contents of * the string are the same as those described in the gl_get_line(3) * man page for the contents of the ~/.teclarc configuration file. */ static int _gl_read_config_string(GetLine *gl, const char *buffer, KtBinder who) { const char *bptr; /* A pointer into buffer[] */ int waserr = 0; /* True if an error occurred while reading */ int lineno = 1; /* The line number being processed */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !buffer) { if(gl) _err_record_msg(gl->err, "NULL argument(s)", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Get a pointer to the start of the buffer. */ bptr = buffer; /* * Parse the contents of the buffer. */ while(!waserr && *bptr) waserr = _gl_parse_config_line(gl, &bptr, glc_buff_getc, "", who, &lineno); /* * Bind action functions to the terminal-specific arrow keys. */ if(_gl_bind_arrow_keys(gl)) return 1; return waserr; } /*....................................................................... * Parse the next line of a getline configuration file. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * stream void * The pointer representing the stream to be read * by getc_fn(). * getc_fn GlcGetcFn * A callback function which when called with * 'stream' as its argument, returns the next * unread character from the stream. * origin const char * The name of the entity being read (eg. a * file name). * who KtBinder Who bindings are to be installed for. * Input/Output: * lineno int * The line number being processed is to be * maintained in *lineno. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Irrecoverable error. */ static int _gl_parse_config_line(GetLine *gl, void *stream, GlcGetcFn *getc_fn, const char *origin, KtBinder who, int *lineno) { char buffer[GL_CONF_BUFLEN+1]; /* The input line buffer */ char *argv[GL_CONF_MAXARG]; /* The argument list */ int argc = 0; /* The number of arguments in argv[] */ int c; /* A character from the file */ int escaped = 0; /* True if the next character is escaped */ int i; /* * Skip spaces and tabs. */ do c = getc_fn(stream); while(c==' ' || c=='\t'); /* * Comments extend to the end of the line. */ if(c=='#') do c = getc_fn(stream); while(c != '\n' && c != EOF); /* * Ignore empty lines. */ if(c=='\n' || c==EOF) { (*lineno)++; return 0; }; /* * Record the buffer location of the start of the first argument. */ argv[argc] = buffer; /* * Read the rest of the line, stopping early if a comment is seen, or * the buffer overflows, and replacing sequences of spaces with a * '\0', and recording the thus terminated string as an argument. */ i = 0; while(i= GL_CONF_MAXARG) { gl_report_config_error(gl, origin, *lineno, "Too many arguments."); do c = getc_fn(stream); while(c!='\n' && c!=EOF); /* Skip past eol */ return 0; }; argv[argc] = buffer + i; /* * The next character was preceded by spaces, so it isn't escaped. */ escaped = 0; } else { /* * If we hit an unescaped backslash, this means that we should arrange * to treat the next character like a simple alphabetical character. */ if(c=='\\' && !escaped) { escaped = 1; /* * Splice lines where the newline is escaped. */ } else if(c=='\n' && escaped) { (*lineno)++; /* * Record a normal character, preserving any preceding backslash. */ } else { if(escaped) buffer[i++] = '\\'; if(i>=GL_CONF_BUFLEN) break; escaped = 0; buffer[i++] = c; }; /* * Get the next character. */ c = getc_fn(stream); }; }; /* * Did the buffer overflow? */ if(i>=GL_CONF_BUFLEN) { gl_report_config_error(gl, origin, *lineno, "Line too long."); return 0; }; /* * The first argument should be a command name. */ if(strcmp(argv[0], "bind") == 0) { const char *action = NULL; /* A NULL action removes a keybinding */ const char *keyseq = NULL; switch(argc) { case 3: action = argv[2]; case 2: /* Note the intentional fallthrough */ keyseq = argv[1]; /* * Attempt to record the new keybinding. */ if(_kt_set_keybinding(gl->bindings, who, keyseq, action)) { gl_report_config_error(gl, origin, *lineno, _kt_last_error(gl->bindings)); }; break; default: gl_report_config_error(gl, origin, *lineno, "Wrong number of arguments."); }; } else if(strcmp(argv[0], "edit-mode") == 0) { if(argc == 2 && strcmp(argv[1], "emacs") == 0) { gl_change_editor(gl, GL_EMACS_MODE); } else if(argc == 2 && strcmp(argv[1], "vi") == 0) { gl_change_editor(gl, GL_VI_MODE); } else if(argc == 2 && strcmp(argv[1], "none") == 0) { gl_change_editor(gl, GL_NO_EDITOR); } else { gl_report_config_error(gl, origin, *lineno, "The argument of editor should be vi or emacs."); }; } else if(strcmp(argv[0], "nobeep") == 0) { gl->silence_bell = 1; } else { gl_report_config_error(gl, origin, *lineno, "Unknown command name."); }; /* * Skip any trailing comment. */ while(c != '\n' && c != EOF) c = getc_fn(stream); (*lineno)++; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is a private function of _gl_parse_config_line() which prints * out an error message about the contents of the line, prefixed by the * name of the origin of the line and its line number. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * origin const char * The name of the entity being read (eg. a * file name). * lineno int The line number at which the error occurred. * errmsg const char * The error message. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_report_config_error(GetLine *gl, const char *origin, int lineno, const char *errmsg) { char lnum[20]; /* A buffer in which to render a single integer */ /* * Convert the line number into a string. */ snprintf(lnum, sizeof(lnum), "%d", lineno); /* * Have the string printed on the terminal. */ return gl_print_info(gl, origin, ":", lnum, ": ", errmsg, GL_END_INFO); } /*....................................................................... * This is the _gl_parse_config_line() callback function which reads the * next character from a configuration file. */ static GLC_GETC_FN(glc_file_getc) { return fgetc((FILE *) stream); } /*....................................................................... * This is the _gl_parse_config_line() callback function which reads the * next character from a buffer. Its stream argument is a pointer to a * variable which is, in turn, a pointer into the buffer being read from. */ static GLC_GETC_FN(glc_buff_getc) { const char **lptr = (char const **) stream; return **lptr ? *(*lptr)++ : EOF; } #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM /*....................................................................... * When this action is triggered, it arranges to temporarily read command * lines from the regular file whos name precedes the cursor. * The current line is first discarded. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_read_from_file) { char *start_path; /* The pointer to the start of the pathname in */ /* gl->line[]. */ FileExpansion *result; /* The results of the filename expansion */ int pathlen; /* The length of the pathname being expanded */ /* * Locate the start of the filename that precedes the cursor position. */ start_path = _pu_start_of_path(gl->line, gl->buff_curpos); if(!start_path) return 1; /* * Get the length of the pathname string. */ pathlen = gl->buff_curpos - (start_path - gl->line); /* * Attempt to expand the pathname. */ result = ef_expand_file(gl->ef, start_path, pathlen); /* * If there was an error, report the error on a new line. */ if(!result) { return gl_print_info(gl, ef_last_error(gl->ef), GL_END_INFO); /* * If no files matched, report this as well. */ } else if(result->nfile == 0 || !result->exists) { return gl_print_info(gl, "No files match.", GL_END_INFO); /* * Complain if more than one file matches. */ } else if(result->nfile > 1) { return gl_print_info(gl, "More than one file matches.", GL_END_INFO); /* * Disallow input from anything but normal files. In principle we could * also support input from named pipes. Terminal files would be a problem * since we wouldn't know the terminal type, and other types of files * might cause the library to lock up. */ } else if(!_pu_path_is_file(result->files[0])) { return gl_print_info(gl, "Not a normal file.", GL_END_INFO); } else { /* * Attempt to open and install the specified file for reading. */ gl->file_fp = fopen(result->files[0], "r"); if(!gl->file_fp) { return gl_print_info(gl, "Unable to open: ", result->files[0], GL_END_INFO); }; /* * If needed, expand the record of the maximum file-descriptor that might * need to be monitored with select(). */ #ifdef HAVE_SELECT if(fileno(gl->file_fp) > gl->max_fd) gl->max_fd = fileno(gl->file_fp); #endif /* * Is non-blocking I/O needed? */ if(gl->raw_mode && gl->io_mode==GL_SERVER_MODE && gl_nonblocking_io(gl, fileno(gl->file_fp))) { gl_revert_input(gl); return gl_print_info(gl, "Can't read file %s with non-blocking I/O", result->files[0]); }; /* * Inform the user what is happening. */ if(gl_print_info(gl, "files[0], ">", GL_END_INFO)) return 1; }; return 0; } #endif /*....................................................................... * Close any temporary file that is being used for input. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. */ static void gl_revert_input(GetLine *gl) { if(gl->file_fp) fclose(gl->file_fp); gl->file_fp = NULL; gl->endline = 1; } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that recalls the oldest line in the * history buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_beginning_of_history) { /* * In vi mode, switch to command mode, since the user is very * likely to want to move around newly recalled lines. */ gl_vi_command_mode(gl); /* * Forget any previous recall session. */ gl->preload_id = 0; /* * Record the key sequence number of this search action. */ gl->last_search = gl->keyseq_count; /* * Recall the next oldest line in the history list. */ if(_glh_oldest_line(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->linelen+1) == NULL) return 0; /* * Accomodate the new contents of gl->line[]. */ gl_update_buffer(gl); /* * Arrange to have the cursor placed at the end of the new line. */ gl->buff_curpos = gl->ntotal; /* * Erase and display the new line. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * If a history session is currently in progress, this action function * recalls the line that was being edited when the session started. If * no history session is in progress, it does nothing. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_end_of_history) { /* * In vi mode, switch to command mode, since the user is very * likely to want to move around newly recalled lines. */ gl_vi_command_mode(gl); /* * Forget any previous recall session. */ gl->preload_id = 0; /* * Record the key sequence number of this search action. */ gl->last_search = gl->keyseq_count; /* * Recall the next oldest line in the history list. */ if(_glh_current_line(gl->glh, gl->line, gl->linelen+1) == NULL) return 0; /* * Accomodate the new contents of gl->line[]. */ gl_update_buffer(gl); /* * Arrange to have the cursor placed at the end of the new line. */ gl->buff_curpos = gl->ntotal; /* * Erase and display the new line. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This action function is treated specially, in that its count argument * is set to the end keystroke of the keysequence that activated it. * It accumulates a numeric argument, adding one digit on each call in * which the last keystroke was a numeric digit. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_digit_argument) { /* * Was the last keystroke a digit? */ int is_digit = isdigit((int)(unsigned char) count); /* * In vi command mode, a lone '0' means goto-start-of-line. */ if(gl->vi.command && gl->number < 0 && count == '0') return gl_beginning_of_line(gl, count, NULL); /* * Are we starting to accumulate a new number? */ if(gl->number < 0 || !is_digit) gl->number = 0; /* * Was the last keystroke a digit? */ if(is_digit) { /* * Read the numeric value of the digit, without assuming ASCII. */ int n; char s[2]; s[0] = count; s[1] = '\0'; n = atoi(s); /* * Append the new digit. */ gl->number = gl->number * 10 + n; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * The newline action function sets gl->endline to tell * gl_get_input_line() that the line is now complete. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_newline) { GlhLineID id; /* The last history line recalled while entering this line */ /* * Flag the line as ended. */ gl->endline = 1; /* * Record the next position in the history buffer, for potential * recall by an action function on the next call to gl_get_line(). */ id = _glh_line_id(gl->glh, 1); if(id) gl->preload_id = id; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * The 'repeat' action function sets gl->endline to tell * gl_get_input_line() that the line is now complete, and records the * ID of the next history line in gl->preload_id so that the next call * to gl_get_input_line() will preload the line with that history line. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_repeat_history) { gl->endline = 1; gl->preload_id = _glh_line_id(gl->glh, 1); gl->preload_history = 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Flush unwritten characters to the terminal. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Either an error occured, or the output * blocked and non-blocking I/O is being used. * See gl->rtn_status for details. */ static int gl_flush_output(GetLine *gl) { /* * Record the fact that we are about to write to the terminal. */ gl->pending_io = GLP_WRITE; /* * Attempt to flush the output to the terminal. */ errno = 0; switch(_glq_flush_queue(gl->cq, gl->flush_fn, gl)) { case GLQ_FLUSH_DONE: return gl->redisplay && !gl->postpone && gl_redisplay(gl, 1, NULL); break; case GLQ_FLUSH_AGAIN: /* Output blocked */ gl_record_status(gl, GLR_BLOCKED, BLOCKED_ERRNO); return 1; break; default: /* Abort the line if an error occurs */ gl_record_status(gl, errno==EINTR ? GLR_SIGNAL : GLR_ERROR, errno); return 1; break; }; } /*....................................................................... * This is the callback which _glq_flush_queue() uses to write buffered * characters to the terminal. */ static GL_WRITE_FN(gl_flush_terminal) { int ndone = 0; /* The number of characters written so far */ /* * Get the line-editor resource object. */ GetLine *gl = (GetLine *) data; /* * Transfer the latest array of characters to stdio. */ while(ndone < n) { int nnew = write(gl->output_fd, s, n-ndone); /* * If the write was successful, add to the recorded number of bytes * that have now been written. */ if(nnew > 0) { ndone += nnew; /* * If a signal interrupted the call, restart the write(), since all of * the signals that gl_get_line() has been told to watch for are * currently blocked. */ } else if(errno == EINTR) { continue; /* * If we managed to write something before an I/O error occurred, or * output blocked before anything was written, report the number of * bytes that were successfully written before this happened. */ } else if(ndone > 0 #if defined(EAGAIN) || errno==EAGAIN #endif #if defined(EWOULDBLOCK) || errno==EWOULDBLOCK #endif ) { return ndone; /* * To get here, an error must have occurred before anything new could * be written. */ } else { return -1; }; }; /* * To get here, we must have successfully written the number of * bytes that was specified. */ return n; } /*....................................................................... * Change the style of editing to emulate a given editor. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * editor GlEditor The type of editor to emulate. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_change_editor(GetLine *gl, GlEditor editor) { /* * Install the default key-bindings of the requested editor. */ switch(editor) { case GL_EMACS_MODE: _kt_clear_bindings(gl->bindings, KTB_NORM); _kt_clear_bindings(gl->bindings, KTB_TERM); (void) _kt_add_bindings(gl->bindings, KTB_NORM, gl_emacs_bindings, sizeof(gl_emacs_bindings)/sizeof(gl_emacs_bindings[0])); break; case GL_VI_MODE: _kt_clear_bindings(gl->bindings, KTB_NORM); _kt_clear_bindings(gl->bindings, KTB_TERM); (void) _kt_add_bindings(gl->bindings, KTB_NORM, gl_vi_bindings, sizeof(gl_vi_bindings)/sizeof(gl_vi_bindings[0])); break; case GL_NO_EDITOR: break; default: _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Unknown editor", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Record the new editing mode. */ gl->editor = editor; gl->vi.command = 0; /* Start in input mode */ gl->insert_curpos = 0; /* * Reinstate terminal-specific bindings. */ if(gl->editor != GL_NO_EDITOR && gl->input_fp) (void) gl_bind_terminal_keys(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that switches to editing using emacs bindings */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_emacs_editing_mode) { return gl_change_editor(gl, GL_EMACS_MODE); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that switches to editing using vi bindings */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_editing_mode) { return gl_change_editor(gl, GL_VI_MODE); } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that switches to insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_insert) { /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Switch to vi insert mode. */ gl->insert = 1; gl->vi.command = 0; gl->insert_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function that switches to overwrite mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_overwrite) { /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Switch to vi overwrite mode. */ gl->insert = 0; gl->vi.command = 0; gl->insert_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This action function toggles the case of the character under the * cursor. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_change_case) { int i; /* * Keep a record of the current insert mode and the cursor position. */ int insert = gl->insert; /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * We want to overwrite the modified word. */ gl->insert = 0; /* * Toggle the case of 'count' characters. */ for(i=0; ibuff_curpos < gl->ntotal; i++) { char *cptr = gl->line + gl->buff_curpos++; /* * Convert the character to upper case? */ if(islower((int)(unsigned char) *cptr)) gl_buffer_char(gl, toupper((int) *cptr), cptr - gl->line); else if(isupper((int)(unsigned char) *cptr)) gl_buffer_char(gl, tolower((int) *cptr), cptr - gl->line); /* * Write the possibly modified character back. Note that for non-modified * characters we want to do this as well, so as to advance the cursor. */ if(gl_print_char(gl, *cptr, cptr[1])) return 1; }; /* * Restore the insertion mode. */ gl->insert = insert; return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos); /* bounds check */ } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function which implements the vi-style action which * moves the cursor to the start of the line, then switches to insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_insert_at_bol) { gl_save_for_undo(gl); return gl_beginning_of_line(gl, 0, NULL) || gl_vi_insert(gl, 0, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function which implements the vi-style action which * moves the cursor to the end of the line, then switches to insert mode * to allow text to be appended to the line. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_append_at_eol) { gl_save_for_undo(gl); gl->vi.command = 0; /* Allow cursor at EOL */ return gl_end_of_line(gl, 0, NULL) || gl_vi_insert(gl, 0, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function which implements the vi-style action which * moves the cursor to right one then switches to insert mode, thus * allowing text to be appended after the next character. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_append) { gl_save_for_undo(gl); gl->vi.command = 0; /* Allow cursor at EOL */ return gl_cursor_right(gl, 1, NULL) || gl_vi_insert(gl, 0, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * This action function moves the cursor to the column specified by the * numeric argument. Column indexes start at 1. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_goto_column) { return gl_place_cursor(gl, count - 1); } /*....................................................................... * Starting with the character under the cursor, replace 'count' * characters with the next character that the user types. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_replace_char) { char c; /* The replacement character */ int i; /* * Keep a record of the current insert mode. */ int insert = gl->insert; /* * Get the replacement character. */ if(gl->vi.repeat.active) { c = gl->vi.repeat.input_char; } else { if(gl_read_terminal(gl, 1, &c)) return 1; gl->vi.repeat.input_char = c; }; /* * Are there 'count' characters to be replaced? */ if(gl->ntotal - gl->buff_curpos >= count) { /* * If in vi command mode, preserve the current line for potential * use by vi-undo. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Temporarily switch to overwrite mode. */ gl->insert = 0; /* * Overwrite the current character plus count-1 subsequent characters * with the replacement character. */ for(i=0; iinsert = insert; }; return gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos); /* bounds check */ } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which changes all characters between the * current cursor position and the end of the line. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_rest_of_line) { gl_save_for_undo(gl); gl->vi.command = 0; /* Allow cursor at EOL */ return gl_kill_line(gl, count, NULL) || gl_vi_insert(gl, 0, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which changes all characters between the * start of the line and the current cursor position. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_to_bol) { return gl_backward_kill_line(gl,count,NULL) || gl_vi_insert(gl,0,NULL); } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which deletes the entire contents of the * current line and switches to insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_line) { return gl_delete_line(gl,count,NULL) || gl_vi_insert(gl,0,NULL); } /*....................................................................... * Starting from the cursor position and looking towards the end of the * line, copy 'count' characters to the cut buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_copy_char) { /* * Limit the count to the number of characters available. */ if(gl->buff_curpos + count >= gl->ntotal) count = gl->ntotal - gl->buff_curpos; if(count < 0) count = 0; /* * Copy the characters to the cut buffer. */ memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + gl->buff_curpos, count); gl->cutbuf[count] = '\0'; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Starting from the character before the cursor position and looking * backwards towards the start of the line, copy 'count' characters to * the cut buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_copy_char) { /* * Limit the count to the number of characters available. */ if(count > gl->buff_curpos) count = gl->buff_curpos; if(count < 0) count = 0; gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->buff_curpos - count); /* * Copy the characters to the cut buffer. */ memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + gl->buff_curpos, count); gl->cutbuf[count] = '\0'; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Starting from the cursor position copy to the specified column into the * cut buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_to_column) { if (--count >= gl->buff_curpos) return gl_forward_copy_char(gl, count - gl->buff_curpos, NULL); else return gl_backward_copy_char(gl, gl->buff_curpos - count, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * Starting from the cursor position copy characters up to a matching * parenthesis into the cut buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_to_parenthesis) { int curpos = gl_index_of_matching_paren(gl); if(curpos >= 0) { gl_save_for_undo(gl); if(curpos >= gl->buff_curpos) return gl_forward_copy_char(gl, curpos - gl->buff_curpos + 1, NULL); else return gl_backward_copy_char(gl, ++gl->buff_curpos - curpos + 1, NULL); }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Starting from the cursor position copy the rest of the line into the * cut buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_rest_of_line) { /* * Copy the characters to the cut buffer. */ memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + gl->buff_curpos, gl->ntotal - gl->buff_curpos); gl->cutbuf[gl->ntotal - gl->buff_curpos] = '\0'; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Copy from the beginning of the line to the cursor position into the * cut buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_to_bol) { /* * Copy the characters to the cut buffer. */ memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line, gl->buff_curpos); gl->cutbuf[gl->buff_curpos] = '\0'; gl_place_cursor(gl, 0); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Copy the entire line into the cut buffer. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_line) { /* * Copy the characters to the cut buffer. */ memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line, gl->ntotal); gl->cutbuf[gl->ntotal] = '\0'; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Search forwards for the next character that the user enters. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_find_char) { int pos = gl_find_char(gl, count, 1, 1, '\0'); return pos >= 0 && gl_place_cursor(gl, pos); } /*....................................................................... * Search backwards for the next character that the user enters. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_find_char) { int pos = gl_find_char(gl, count, 0, 1, '\0'); return pos >= 0 && gl_place_cursor(gl, pos); } /*....................................................................... * Search forwards for the next character that the user enters. Move up to, * but not onto, the found character. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_to_char) { int pos = gl_find_char(gl, count, 1, 0, '\0'); return pos >= 0 && gl_place_cursor(gl, pos); } /*....................................................................... * Search backwards for the next character that the user enters. Move back to, * but not onto, the found character. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_to_char) { int pos = gl_find_char(gl, count, 0, 0, '\0'); return pos >= 0 && gl_place_cursor(gl, pos); } /*....................................................................... * Searching in a given direction, return the index of a given (or * read) character in the input line, or the character that precedes * it in the specified search direction. Return -1 if not found. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * count int The number of times to search. * forward int True if searching forward. * onto int True if the search should end on top of the * character, false if the search should stop * one character before the character in the * specified search direction. * c char The character to be sought, or '\0' if the * character should be read from the user. * Output: * return int The index of the character in gl->line[], or * -1 if not found. */ static int gl_find_char(GetLine *gl, int count, int forward, int onto, char c) { int pos; /* The index reached in searching the input line */ int i; /* * Get a character from the user? */ if(!c) { /* * If we are in the process of repeating a previous change command, substitute * the last find character. */ if(gl->vi.repeat.active) { c = gl->vi.find_char; } else { if(gl_read_terminal(gl, 1, &c)) return -1; /* * Record the details of the new search, for use by repeat finds. */ gl->vi.find_forward = forward; gl->vi.find_onto = onto; gl->vi.find_char = c; }; }; /* * Which direction should we search? */ if(forward) { /* * Search forwards 'count' times for the character, starting with the * character that follows the cursor. */ for(i=0, pos=gl->buff_curpos; intotal; i++) { /* * Advance past the last match (or past the current cursor position * on the first search). */ pos++; /* * Search for the next instance of c. */ for( ; posntotal && c!=gl->line[pos]; pos++) ; }; /* * If the character was found and we have been requested to return the * position of the character that precedes the desired character, then * we have gone one character too far. */ if(!onto && posntotal) pos--; } else { /* * Search backwards 'count' times for the character, starting with the * character that precedes the cursor. */ for(i=0, pos=gl->buff_curpos; i= gl->insert_curpos; i++) { /* * Step back one from the last match (or from the current cursor * position on the first search). */ pos--; /* * Search for the next instance of c. */ for( ; pos>=gl->insert_curpos && c!=gl->line[pos]; pos--) ; }; /* * If the character was found and we have been requested to return the * position of the character that precedes the desired character, then * we have gone one character too far. */ if(!onto && pos>=gl->insert_curpos) pos++; }; /* * If found, return the cursor position of the count'th match. * Otherwise ring the terminal bell. */ if(pos >= gl->insert_curpos && pos < gl->ntotal) { return pos; } else { (void) gl_ring_bell(gl, 1, NULL); return -1; } } /*....................................................................... * Repeat the last character search in the same direction as the last * search. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_repeat_find_char) { int pos = gl->vi.find_char ? gl_find_char(gl, count, gl->vi.find_forward, gl->vi.find_onto, gl->vi.find_char) : -1; return pos >= 0 && gl_place_cursor(gl, pos); } /*....................................................................... * Repeat the last character search in the opposite direction as the last * search. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_invert_refind_char) { int pos = gl->vi.find_char ? gl_find_char(gl, count, !gl->vi.find_forward, gl->vi.find_onto, gl->vi.find_char) : -1; return pos >= 0 && gl_place_cursor(gl, pos); } /*....................................................................... * Search forward from the current position of the cursor for 'count' * word endings, returning the index of the last one found, or the end of * the line if there were less than 'count' words. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * n int The number of word boundaries to search for. * Output: * return int The buffer index of the located position. */ static int gl_nth_word_end_forward(GetLine *gl, int n) { int bufpos; /* The buffer index being checked. */ int i; /* * In order to guarantee forward motion to the next word ending, * we need to start from one position to the right of the cursor * position, since this may already be at the end of a word. */ bufpos = gl->buff_curpos + 1; /* * If we are at the end of the line, return the index of the last * real character on the line. Note that this will be -1 if the line * is empty. */ if(bufpos >= gl->ntotal) return gl->ntotal - 1; /* * Search 'n' times, unless the end of the input line is reached first. */ for(i=0; intotal; i++) { /* * If we are not already within a word, skip to the start of the next word. */ for( ; bufposntotal && !gl_is_word_char((int)gl->line[bufpos]); bufpos++) ; /* * Find the end of the next word. */ for( ; bufposntotal && gl_is_word_char((int)gl->line[bufpos]); bufpos++) ; }; /* * We will have overshot. */ return bufpos > 0 ? bufpos-1 : bufpos; } /*....................................................................... * Search forward from the current position of the cursor for 'count' * word starts, returning the index of the last one found, or the end of * the line if there were less than 'count' words. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * n int The number of word boundaries to search for. * Output: * return int The buffer index of the located position. */ static int gl_nth_word_start_forward(GetLine *gl, int n) { int bufpos; /* The buffer index being checked. */ int i; /* * Get the current cursor position. */ bufpos = gl->buff_curpos; /* * Search 'n' times, unless the end of the input line is reached first. */ for(i=0; intotal; i++) { /* * Find the end of the current word. */ for( ; bufposntotal && gl_is_word_char((int)gl->line[bufpos]); bufpos++) ; /* * Skip to the start of the next word. */ for( ; bufposntotal && !gl_is_word_char((int)gl->line[bufpos]); bufpos++) ; }; return bufpos; } /*....................................................................... * Search backward from the current position of the cursor for 'count' * word starts, returning the index of the last one found, or the start * of the line if there were less than 'count' words. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * n int The number of word boundaries to search for. * Output: * return int The buffer index of the located position. */ static int gl_nth_word_start_backward(GetLine *gl, int n) { int bufpos; /* The buffer index being checked. */ int i; /* * Get the current cursor position. */ bufpos = gl->buff_curpos; /* * Search 'n' times, unless the beginning of the input line (or vi insertion * point) is reached first. */ for(i=0; i gl->insert_curpos; i++) { /* * Starting one character back from the last search, so as not to keep * settling on the same word-start, search backwards until finding a * word character. */ while(--bufpos >= gl->insert_curpos && !gl_is_word_char((int)gl->line[bufpos])) ; /* * Find the start of the word. */ while(--bufpos >= gl->insert_curpos && gl_is_word_char((int)gl->line[bufpos])) ; /* * We will have gone one character too far. */ bufpos++; }; return bufpos >= gl->insert_curpos ? bufpos : gl->insert_curpos; } /*....................................................................... * Copy one or more words into the cut buffer without moving the cursor * or deleting text. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_copy_word) { /* * Find the location of the count'th start or end of a word * after the cursor, depending on whether in emacs or vi mode. */ int next = gl->editor == GL_EMACS_MODE ? gl_nth_word_end_forward(gl, count) : gl_nth_word_start_forward(gl, count); /* * How many characters are to be copied into the cut buffer? */ int n = next - gl->buff_curpos; /* * Copy the specified segment and terminate the string. */ memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + gl->buff_curpos, n); gl->cutbuf[n] = '\0'; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Copy one or more words preceding the cursor into the cut buffer, * without moving the cursor or deleting text. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_copy_word) { /* * Find the location of the count'th start of word before the cursor. */ int next = gl_nth_word_start_backward(gl, count); /* * How many characters are to be copied into the cut buffer? */ int n = gl->buff_curpos - next; gl_place_cursor(gl, next); /* * Copy the specified segment and terminate the string. */ memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + next, n); gl->cutbuf[n] = '\0'; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Copy the characters between the cursor and the count'th instance of * a specified character in the input line, into the cut buffer. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * count int The number of times to search. * c char The character to be searched for, or '\0' if * the character should be read from the user. * forward int True if searching forward. * onto int True if the search should end on top of the * character, false if the search should stop * one character before the character in the * specified search direction. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. * */ static int gl_copy_find(GetLine *gl, int count, char c, int forward, int onto) { int n; /* The number of characters in the cut buffer */ /* * Search for the character, and abort the operation if not found. */ int pos = gl_find_char(gl, count, forward, onto, c); if(pos < 0) return 0; /* * Copy the specified segment. */ if(forward) { n = pos + 1 - gl->buff_curpos; memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + gl->buff_curpos, n); } else { n = gl->buff_curpos - pos; memcpy(gl->cutbuf, gl->line + pos, n); if(gl->editor == GL_VI_MODE) gl_place_cursor(gl, pos); } /* * Terminate the copy. */ gl->cutbuf[n] = '\0'; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Copy a section up to and including a specified character into the cut * buffer without moving the cursor or deleting text. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_copy_find) { return gl_copy_find(gl, count, '\0', 1, 1); } /*....................................................................... * Copy a section back to and including a specified character into the cut * buffer without moving the cursor or deleting text. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_copy_find) { return gl_copy_find(gl, count, '\0', 0, 1); } /*....................................................................... * Copy a section up to and not including a specified character into the cut * buffer without moving the cursor or deleting text. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_forward_copy_to) { return gl_copy_find(gl, count, '\0', 1, 0); } /*....................................................................... * Copy a section back to and not including a specified character into the cut * buffer without moving the cursor or deleting text. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_backward_copy_to) { return gl_copy_find(gl, count, '\0', 0, 0); } /*....................................................................... * Copy to a character specified in a previous search into the cut * buffer without moving the cursor or deleting text. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_refind) { return gl_copy_find(gl, count, gl->vi.find_char, gl->vi.find_forward, gl->vi.find_onto); } /*....................................................................... * Copy to a character specified in a previous search, but in the opposite * direction, into the cut buffer without moving the cursor or deleting text. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_copy_invert_refind) { return gl_copy_find(gl, count, gl->vi.find_char, !gl->vi.find_forward, gl->vi.find_onto); } /*....................................................................... * Set the position of the cursor in the line input buffer and the * terminal. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * buff_curpos int The new buffer cursor position. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_place_cursor(GetLine *gl, int buff_curpos) { /* * Don't allow the cursor position to go out of the bounds of the input * line. */ if(buff_curpos >= gl->ntotal) buff_curpos = gl->vi.command ? gl->ntotal-1 : gl->ntotal; if(buff_curpos < 0) buff_curpos = 0; /* * Record the new buffer position. */ gl->buff_curpos = buff_curpos; /* * Move the terminal cursor to the corresponding character. */ return gl_set_term_curpos(gl, gl->prompt_len + gl_displayed_string_width(gl, gl->line, buff_curpos, gl->prompt_len)); } /*....................................................................... * In vi command mode, this function saves the current line to the * historical buffer needed by the undo command. In emacs mode it does * nothing. In order to allow action functions to call other action * functions, gl_interpret_char() sets gl->vi.undo.saved to 0 before * invoking an action, and thereafter once any call to this function * has set it to 1, further calls are ignored. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. */ static void gl_save_for_undo(GetLine *gl) { if(gl->vi.command && !gl->vi.undo.saved) { strlcpy(gl->vi.undo.line, gl->line, gl->linelen); gl->vi.undo.buff_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; gl->vi.undo.ntotal = gl->ntotal; gl->vi.undo.saved = 1; }; if(gl->vi.command && !gl->vi.repeat.saved && gl->current_action.fn != gl_vi_repeat_change) { gl->vi.repeat.action = gl->current_action; gl->vi.repeat.count = gl->current_count; gl->vi.repeat.saved = 1; }; return; } /*....................................................................... * In vi mode, restore the line to the way it was before the last command * mode operation, storing the current line in the buffer so that the * undo operation itself can subsequently be undone. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_undo) { /* * Get pointers into the two lines. */ char *undo_ptr = gl->vi.undo.line; char *line_ptr = gl->line; /* * Swap the characters of the two buffers up to the length of the shortest * line. */ while(*undo_ptr && *line_ptr) { char c = *undo_ptr; *undo_ptr++ = *line_ptr; *line_ptr++ = c; }; /* * Copy the rest directly. */ if(gl->ntotal > gl->vi.undo.ntotal) { strlcpy(undo_ptr, line_ptr, gl->linelen); *line_ptr = '\0'; } else { strlcpy(line_ptr, undo_ptr, gl->linelen); *undo_ptr = '\0'; }; /* * Record the length of the stored string. */ gl->vi.undo.ntotal = gl->ntotal; /* * Accomodate the new contents of gl->line[]. */ gl_update_buffer(gl); /* * Set both cursor positions to the leftmost of the saved and current * cursor positions to emulate what vi does. */ if(gl->buff_curpos < gl->vi.undo.buff_curpos) gl->vi.undo.buff_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; else gl->buff_curpos = gl->vi.undo.buff_curpos; /* * Since we have bipassed calling gl_save_for_undo(), record repeat * information inline. */ gl->vi.repeat.action.fn = gl_vi_undo; gl->vi.repeat.action.data = NULL; gl->vi.repeat.count = 1; /* * Display the restored line. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Delete the following word and leave the user in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_forward_change_word) { gl_save_for_undo(gl); gl->vi.command = 0; /* Allow cursor at EOL */ return gl_forward_delete_word(gl, count, NULL) || gl_vi_insert(gl, 0, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * Delete the preceding word and leave the user in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_backward_change_word) { return gl_backward_delete_word(gl, count, NULL) || gl_vi_insert(gl, 0, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * Delete the following section and leave the user in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_forward_change_find) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, '\0', 1, 1, 1); } /*....................................................................... * Delete the preceding section and leave the user in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_backward_change_find) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, '\0', 0, 1, 1); } /*....................................................................... * Delete the following section and leave the user in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_forward_change_to) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, '\0', 1, 0, 1); } /*....................................................................... * Delete the preceding section and leave the user in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_backward_change_to) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, '\0', 0, 0, 1); } /*....................................................................... * Delete to a character specified by a previous search and leave the user * in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_refind) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, gl->vi.find_char, gl->vi.find_forward, gl->vi.find_onto, 1); } /*....................................................................... * Delete to a character specified by a previous search, but in the opposite * direction, and leave the user in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_invert_refind) { return gl_delete_find(gl, count, gl->vi.find_char, !gl->vi.find_forward, gl->vi.find_onto, 1); } /*....................................................................... * Delete the following character and leave the user in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_forward_change_char) { gl_save_for_undo(gl); gl->vi.command = 0; /* Allow cursor at EOL */ return gl_delete_chars(gl, count, 1) || gl_vi_insert(gl, 0, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * Delete the preceding character and leave the user in vi insert mode. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_backward_change_char) { return gl_backward_delete_char(gl, count, NULL) || gl_vi_insert(gl, 0, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * Starting from the cursor position change characters to the specified column. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_to_column) { if (--count >= gl->buff_curpos) return gl_vi_forward_change_char(gl, count - gl->buff_curpos, NULL); else return gl_vi_backward_change_char(gl, gl->buff_curpos - count, NULL); } /*....................................................................... * Starting from the cursor position change characters to a matching * parenthesis. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_change_to_parenthesis) { int curpos = gl_index_of_matching_paren(gl); if(curpos >= 0) { gl_save_for_undo(gl); if(curpos >= gl->buff_curpos) return gl_vi_forward_change_char(gl, curpos - gl->buff_curpos + 1, NULL); else return gl_vi_backward_change_char(gl, ++gl->buff_curpos - curpos + 1, NULL); }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * If in vi mode, switch to vi command mode. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. */ static void gl_vi_command_mode(GetLine *gl) { if(gl->editor == GL_VI_MODE && !gl->vi.command) { gl->insert = 1; gl->vi.command = 1; gl->vi.repeat.input_curpos = gl->insert_curpos; gl->vi.repeat.command_curpos = gl->buff_curpos; gl->insert_curpos = 0; /* unrestrict left motion boundary */ gl_cursor_left(gl, 1, NULL); /* Vi moves 1 left on entering command mode */ }; } /*....................................................................... * This is an action function which rings the terminal bell. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_ring_bell) { return gl->silence_bell ? 0 : gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->sound_bell); } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function which implements the vi-repeat-change * action. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_vi_repeat_change) { int status; /* The return status of the repeated action function */ int i; /* * Nothing to repeat? */ if(!gl->vi.repeat.action.fn) return gl_ring_bell(gl, 1, NULL); /* * Provide a way for action functions to know whether they are being * called by us. */ gl->vi.repeat.active = 1; /* * Re-run the recorded function. */ status = gl->vi.repeat.action.fn(gl, gl->vi.repeat.count, gl->vi.repeat.action.data); /* * Mark the repeat as completed. */ gl->vi.repeat.active = 0; /* * Is we are repeating a function that has just switched to input * mode to allow the user to type, re-enter the text that the user * previously entered. */ if(status==0 && !gl->vi.command) { /* * Make sure that the current line has been saved. */ gl_save_for_undo(gl); /* * Repeat a previous insertion or overwrite? */ if(gl->vi.repeat.input_curpos >= 0 && gl->vi.repeat.input_curpos <= gl->vi.repeat.command_curpos && gl->vi.repeat.command_curpos <= gl->vi.undo.ntotal) { /* * Using the current line which is saved in the undo buffer, plus * the range of characters therein, as recorded by gl_vi_command_mode(), * add the characters that the user previously entered, to the input * line. */ for(i=gl->vi.repeat.input_curpos; ivi.repeat.command_curpos; i++) { if(gl_add_char_to_line(gl, gl->vi.undo.line[i])) return 1; }; }; /* * Switch back to command mode, now that the insertion has been repeated. */ gl_vi_command_mode(gl); }; return status; } /*....................................................................... * If the cursor is currently over a parenthesis character, return the * index of its matching parenthesis. If not currently over a parenthesis * character, return the next close parenthesis character to the right of * the cursor. If the respective parenthesis character isn't found, * ring the terminal bell and return -1. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The getline resource object. * Output: * return int Either the index of the matching parenthesis, * or -1 if not found. */ static int gl_index_of_matching_paren(GetLine *gl) { int i; /* * List the recognized parentheses, and their matches. */ const char *o_paren = "([{"; const char *c_paren = ")]}"; const char *cptr; /* * Get the character that is currently under the cursor. */ char c = gl->line[gl->buff_curpos]; /* * If the character under the cursor is an open parenthesis, look forward * for the matching close parenthesis. */ if((cptr=strchr(o_paren, c))) { char match = c_paren[cptr - o_paren]; int matches_needed = 1; for(i=gl->buff_curpos+1; intotal; i++) { if(gl->line[i] == c) matches_needed++; else if(gl->line[i] == match && --matches_needed==0) return i; }; /* * If the character under the cursor is an close parenthesis, look forward * for the matching open parenthesis. */ } else if((cptr=strchr(c_paren, c))) { char match = o_paren[cptr - c_paren]; int matches_needed = 1; for(i=gl->buff_curpos-1; i>=0; i--) { if(gl->line[i] == c) matches_needed++; else if(gl->line[i] == match && --matches_needed==0) return i; }; /* * If not currently over a parenthesis character, search forwards for * the first close parenthesis (this is what the vi % binding does). */ } else { for(i=gl->buff_curpos+1; intotal; i++) if(strchr(c_paren, gl->line[i]) != NULL) return i; }; /* * Not found. */ (void) gl_ring_bell(gl, 1, NULL); return -1; } /*....................................................................... * If the cursor is currently over a parenthesis character, this action * function moves the cursor to its matching parenthesis. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_find_parenthesis) { int curpos = gl_index_of_matching_paren(gl); if(curpos >= 0) return gl_place_cursor(gl, curpos); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Handle the receipt of the potential start of a new key-sequence from * the user. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * first_char char The first character of the sequence. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_interpret_char(GetLine *gl, char first_char) { char keyseq[GL_KEY_MAX+1]; /* A special key sequence being read */ int nkey=0; /* The number of characters in the key sequence */ int count; /* The repeat count of an action function */ int ret; /* The return value of an action function */ int i; /* * Get the first character. */ char c = first_char; /* * If editing is disabled, just add newly entered characters to the * input line buffer, and watch for the end of the line. */ if(gl->editor == GL_NO_EDITOR) { gl_discard_chars(gl, 1); if(gl->ntotal >= gl->linelen) return 0; if(c == '\n' || c == '\r') return gl_newline(gl, 1, NULL); gl_buffer_char(gl, c, gl->ntotal); return 0; }; /* * If the user is in the process of specifying a repeat count and the * new character is a digit, increment the repeat count accordingly. */ if(gl->number >= 0 && isdigit((int)(unsigned char) c)) { gl_discard_chars(gl, 1); return gl_digit_argument(gl, c, NULL); /* * In vi command mode, all key-sequences entered need to be * either implicitly or explicitly prefixed with an escape character. */ } else if(gl->vi.command && c != GL_ESC_CHAR) { keyseq[nkey++] = GL_ESC_CHAR; /* * If the first character of the sequence is a printable character, * then to avoid confusion with the special "up", "down", "left" * or "right" cursor key bindings, we need to prefix the * printable character with a backslash escape before looking it up. */ } else if(!IS_META_CHAR(c) && !IS_CTRL_CHAR(c)) { keyseq[nkey++] = '\\'; }; /* * Compose a potentially multiple key-sequence in gl->keyseq. */ while(nkey < GL_KEY_MAX) { KtAction *action; /* An action function */ KeySym *keysym; /* The symbol-table entry of a key-sequence */ int nsym; /* The number of ambiguously matching key-sequences */ /* * If the character is an unprintable meta character, split it * into two characters, an escape character and the character * that was modified by the meta key. */ if(IS_META_CHAR(c)) { keyseq[nkey++] = GL_ESC_CHAR; c = META_TO_CHAR(c); continue; }; /* * Append the latest character to the key sequence. */ keyseq[nkey++] = c; /* * When doing vi-style editing, an escape at the beginning of any binding * switches to command mode. */ if(keyseq[0] == GL_ESC_CHAR && !gl->vi.command) gl_vi_command_mode(gl); /* * Lookup the key sequence. */ switch(_kt_lookup_keybinding(gl->bindings, keyseq, nkey, &keysym, &nsym)) { case KT_EXACT_MATCH: /* * Get the matching action function. */ action = keysym->actions + keysym->binder; /* * Get the repeat count, passing the last keystroke if executing the * digit-argument action. */ if(action->fn == gl_digit_argument) { count = c; } else { count = gl->number >= 0 ? gl->number : 1; }; /* * Record the function that is being invoked. */ gl->current_action = *action; gl->current_count = count; /* * Mark the current line as not yet preserved for use by the vi undo command. */ gl->vi.undo.saved = 0; gl->vi.repeat.saved = 0; /* * Execute the action function. Note the action function can tell * whether the provided repeat count was defaulted or specified * explicitly by looking at whether gl->number is -1 or not. If * it is negative, then no repeat count was specified by the user. */ ret = action->fn(gl, count, action->data); /* * In server mode, the action will return immediately if it tries to * read input from the terminal, and no input is currently available. * If this happens, abort. Note that gl_get_input_line() will rewind * the read-ahead buffer to allow the next call to redo the function * from scratch. */ if(gl->rtn_status == GLR_BLOCKED && gl->pending_io==GLP_READ) return 1; /* * Discard the now processed characters from the key sequence buffer. */ gl_discard_chars(gl, gl->nread); /* * If the latest action function wasn't a history action, cancel any * current history search. */ if(gl->last_search != gl->keyseq_count) _glh_cancel_search(gl->glh); /* * Reset the repeat count after running action functions. */ if(action->fn != gl_digit_argument) gl->number = -1; return ret ? 1 : 0; break; case KT_AMBIG_MATCH: /* Ambiguous match - so read the next character */ if(gl_read_terminal(gl, 1, &c)) return 1; break; case KT_NO_MATCH: /* * If the first character looked like it might be a prefix of a key-sequence * but it turned out not to be, ring the bell to tell the user that it * wasn't recognised. */ if(keyseq[0] != '\\' && keyseq[0] != '\t') { gl_ring_bell(gl, 1, NULL); } else { /* * The user typed a single printable character that doesn't match * the start of any keysequence, so add it to the line in accordance * with the current repeat count. */ count = gl->number >= 0 ? gl->number : 1; for(i=0; inumber = -1; }; gl_discard_chars(gl, 1); _glh_cancel_search(gl->glh); return 0; break; case KT_BAD_MATCH: gl_ring_bell(gl, 1, NULL); gl_discard_chars(gl, gl->nread); _glh_cancel_search(gl->glh); return 1; break; }; }; /* * If the key sequence was too long to match, ring the bell, then * discard the first character, so that the next attempt to match a * key-sequence continues with the next key press. In practice this * shouldn't happen, since one isn't allowed to bind action functions * to keysequences that are longer than GL_KEY_MAX. */ gl_ring_bell(gl, 1, NULL); gl_discard_chars(gl, 1); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Configure the application and/or user-specific behavior of * gl_get_line(). * * Note that calling this function between calling new_GetLine() and * the first call to gl_get_line(), disables the otherwise automatic * reading of ~/.teclarc on the first call to gl_get_line(). * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * app_string const char * Either NULL, or a string containing one * or more .teclarc command lines, separated * by newline characters. This can be used to * establish an application-specific * configuration, without the need for an external * file. This is particularly useful in embedded * environments where there is no filesystem. * app_file const char * Either NULL, or the pathname of an * application-specific .teclarc file. The * contents of this file, if provided, are * read after the contents of app_string[]. * user_file const char * Either NULL, or the pathname of a * user-specific .teclarc file. Except in * embedded applications, this should * usually be "~/.teclarc". * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Bad argument(s). */ int gl_configure_getline(GetLine *gl, const char *app_string, const char *app_file, const char *user_file) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_configure_getline() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Execute the private body of the function while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_configure_getline(gl, app_string, app_file, user_file); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_configure_getline() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_configure_getline(GetLine *gl, const char *app_string, const char *app_file, const char *user_file) { /* * Mark getline as having been explicitly configured. */ gl->configured = 1; /* * Start by parsing the configuration string, if provided. */ if(app_string) (void) _gl_read_config_string(gl, app_string, KTB_NORM); /* * Now parse the application-specific configuration file, if provided. */ if(app_file) (void) _gl_read_config_file(gl, app_file, KTB_NORM); /* * Finally, parse the user-specific configuration file, if provided. */ if(user_file) (void) _gl_read_config_file(gl, user_file, KTB_USER); /* * Record the names of the configuration files to allow them to * be re-read if requested at a later time. */ if(gl_record_string(&gl->app_file, app_file) || gl_record_string(&gl->user_file, user_file)) { errno = ENOMEM; _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Insufficient memory to record tecla configuration file names", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Replace a malloc'd string (or NULL), with another malloc'd copy of * a string (or NULL). * * Input: * sptr char ** On input if *sptr!=NULL, *sptr will be * free'd and *sptr will be set to NULL. Then, * on output, if string!=NULL a malloc'd copy * of this string will be assigned to *sptr. * string const char * The string to be copied, or NULL to simply * discard any existing string. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Malloc failure (no error message is generated). */ static int gl_record_string(char **sptr, const char *string) { /* * If the original string is the same string, don't do anything. */ if(*sptr == string || (*sptr && string && strcmp(*sptr, string)==0)) return 0; /* * Discard any existing cached string. */ if(*sptr) { free(*sptr); *sptr = NULL; }; /* * Allocate memory for a copy of the specified string. */ if(string) { size_t ssz = strlen(string) + 1; *sptr = (char *) malloc(ssz); if(!*sptr) return 1; /* * Copy the string. */ strlcpy(*sptr, string, ssz); }; return 0; } #ifndef HIDE_FILE_SYSTEM /*....................................................................... * Re-read any application-specific and user-specific files previously * specified via the gl_configure_getline() function. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_read_init_files) { return _gl_configure_getline(gl, NULL, gl->app_file, gl->user_file); } #endif /*....................................................................... * Save the contents of the history buffer to a given new file. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * filename const char * The name of the new file to write to. * comment const char * Extra information such as timestamps will * be recorded on a line started with this * string, the idea being that the file can * double as a command file. Specify "" if * you don't care. * max_lines int The maximum number of lines to save, or -1 * to save all of the lines in the history * list. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_save_history(GetLine *gl, const char *filename, const char *comment, int max_lines) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_save_history() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !filename || !comment) { if(gl) _err_record_msg(gl->err, "NULL argument(s)", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Execute the private body of the function while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_save_history(gl, filename, comment, max_lines); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_save_history() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_save_history(GetLine *gl, const char *filename, const char *comment, int max_lines) { /* * If filesystem access is to be excluded, then history files can't * be written. */ #ifdef WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Can't save history without filesystem access", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; #else FileExpansion *expansion; /* The expansion of the filename */ /* * Expand the filename. */ expansion = ef_expand_file(gl->ef, filename, -1); if(!expansion) { gl_print_info(gl, "Unable to expand ", filename, " (", ef_last_error(gl->ef), ").", GL_END_INFO); return 1; }; /* * Attempt to save to the specified file. */ if(_glh_save_history(gl->glh, expansion->files[0], comment, max_lines)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; return 0; #endif } /*....................................................................... * Restore the contents of the history buffer from a given new file. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * filename const char * The name of the new file to write to. * comment const char * This must be the same string that was * passed to gl_save_history() when the file * was written. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_load_history(GetLine *gl, const char *filename, const char *comment) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_load_history() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !filename || !comment) { if(gl) _err_record_msg(gl->err, "NULL argument(s)", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Execute the private body of the function while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_load_history(gl, filename, comment); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_load_history() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_load_history(GetLine *gl, const char *filename, const char *comment) { /* * If filesystem access is to be excluded, then history files can't * be read. */ #ifdef WITHOUT_FILE_SYSTEM _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Can't load history without filesystem access", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; #else FileExpansion *expansion; /* The expansion of the filename */ /* * Expand the filename. */ expansion = ef_expand_file(gl->ef, filename, -1); if(!expansion) { gl_print_info(gl, "Unable to expand ", filename, " (", ef_last_error(gl->ef), ").", GL_END_INFO); return 1; }; /* * Attempt to load from the specified file. */ if(_glh_load_history(gl->glh, expansion->files[0], comment, gl->cutbuf, gl->linelen+1)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); gl->cutbuf[0] = '\0'; return 1; }; gl->cutbuf[0] = '\0'; return 0; #endif } /*....................................................................... * Where possible, register a function and associated data to be called * whenever a specified event is seen on a file descriptor. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of the command-line input * module. * fd int The file descriptor to watch. * event GlFdEvent The type of activity to watch for. * callback GlFdEventFn * The function to call when the specified * event occurs. Setting this to 0 removes * any existing callback. * data void * A pointer to arbitrary data to pass to the * callback function. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Either gl==NULL, or this facility isn't * available on the the host system * (ie. select() isn't available). No * error message is generated in the latter * case. */ int gl_watch_fd(GetLine *gl, int fd, GlFdEvent event, GlFdEventFn *callback, void *data) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_watch_fd() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; if(fd < 0) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Error: fd < 0", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Execute the private body of the function while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_watch_fd(gl, fd, event, callback, data); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_watch_fd() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_watch_fd(GetLine *gl, int fd, GlFdEvent event, GlFdEventFn *callback, void *data) #if !defined(HAVE_SELECT) {return 1;} /* The facility isn't supported on this system */ #else { GlFdNode *prev; /* The node that precedes 'node' in gl->fd_nodes */ GlFdNode *node; /* The file-descriptor node being checked */ /* * Search the list of already registered fd activity nodes for the specified * file descriptor. */ for(prev=NULL,node=gl->fd_nodes; node && node->fd != fd; prev=node, node=node->next) ; /* * Hasn't a node been allocated for this fd yet? */ if(!node) { /* * If there is no callback to record, just ignore the call. */ if(!callback) return 0; /* * Allocate the new node. */ node = (GlFdNode *) _new_FreeListNode(gl->fd_node_mem); if(!node) { errno = ENOMEM; _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Insufficient memory", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * Prepend the node to the list. */ node->next = gl->fd_nodes; gl->fd_nodes = node; /* * Initialize the node. */ node->fd = fd; node->rd.fn = 0; node->rd.data = NULL; node->ur = node->wr = node->rd; }; /* * Record the new callback. */ switch(event) { case GLFD_READ: node->rd.fn = callback; node->rd.data = data; if(callback) FD_SET(fd, &gl->rfds); else FD_CLR(fd, &gl->rfds); break; case GLFD_WRITE: node->wr.fn = callback; node->wr.data = data; if(callback) FD_SET(fd, &gl->wfds); else FD_CLR(fd, &gl->wfds); break; case GLFD_URGENT: node->ur.fn = callback; node->ur.data = data; if(callback) FD_SET(fd, &gl->ufds); else FD_CLR(fd, &gl->ufds); break; }; /* * Keep a record of the largest file descriptor being watched. */ if(fd > gl->max_fd) gl->max_fd = fd; /* * If we are deleting an existing callback, also delete the parent * activity node if no callbacks are registered to the fd anymore. */ if(!callback) { if(!node->rd.fn && !node->wr.fn && !node->ur.fn) { if(prev) prev->next = node->next; else gl->fd_nodes = node->next; node = (GlFdNode *) _del_FreeListNode(gl->fd_node_mem, node); }; }; return 0; } #endif /*....................................................................... * On systems with the select() system call, the gl_inactivity_timeout() * function provides the option of setting (or cancelling) an * inactivity timeout. Inactivity, in this case, refers both to * terminal input received from the user, and to I/O on any file * descriptors registered by calls to gl_watch_fd(). If at any time, * no activity is seen for the requested time period, the specified * timeout callback function is called. On returning, this callback * returns a code which tells gl_get_line() what to do next. Note that * each call to gl_inactivity_timeout() replaces any previously installed * timeout callback, and that specifying a callback of 0, turns off * inactivity timing. * * Beware that although the timeout argument includes a nano-second * component, few computer clocks presently have resolutions finer * than a few milliseconds, so asking for less than a few milliseconds * is equivalent to zero on a lot of systems. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of the command-line input * module. * callback GlTimeoutFn * The function to call when the inactivity * timeout is exceeded. To turn off * inactivity timeouts altogether, send 0. * data void * A pointer to arbitrary data to pass to the * callback function. * sec unsigned long The number of whole seconds in the timeout. * nsec unsigned long The fractional number of seconds in the * timeout, expressed in nano-seconds (see * the caveat above). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Either gl==NULL, or this facility isn't * available on the the host system * (ie. select() isn't available). No * error message is generated in the latter * case. */ int gl_inactivity_timeout(GetLine *gl, GlTimeoutFn *timeout_fn, void *data, unsigned long sec, unsigned long nsec) #if !defined(HAVE_SELECT) {return 1;} /* The facility isn't supported on this system */ #else { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Install a new timeout? */ if(timeout_fn) { gl->timer.dt.tv_sec = sec; gl->timer.dt.tv_usec = nsec / 1000; gl->timer.fn = timeout_fn; gl->timer.data = data; } else { gl->timer.fn = 0; gl->timer.data = NULL; }; /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return 0; } #endif /*....................................................................... * When select() is available, this is a private function of * gl_read_input() which responds to file-descriptor events registered by * the caller. Note that it assumes that it is being called from within * gl_read_input()'s sigsetjump() clause. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this module. * fd int The file descriptor to be watched for user input. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - An error occurred. */ static int gl_event_handler(GetLine *gl, int fd) { #if !defined(HAVE_SELECT) return 0; #else /* * Set up a zero-second timeout. */ struct timeval zero; zero.tv_sec = zero.tv_usec = 0; /* * If at any time no external callbacks remain, quit the loop return, * so that we can simply wait in read(). This is designed as an * optimization for when no callbacks have been registered on entry to * this function, but since callbacks can delete themselves, it can * also help later. */ while(gl->fd_nodes || gl->timer.fn) { int nready; /* The number of file descriptors that are ready for I/O */ /* * Get the set of descriptors to be watched. */ fd_set rfds = gl->rfds; fd_set wfds = gl->wfds; fd_set ufds = gl->ufds; /* * Get the appropriate timeout. */ struct timeval dt = gl->timer.fn ? gl->timer.dt : zero; /* * Add the specified user-input file descriptor to the set that is to * be watched. */ FD_SET(fd, &rfds); /* * Unblock the signals that we are watching, while select is blocked * waiting for I/O. */ gl_catch_signals(gl); /* * Wait for activity on any of the file descriptors. */ nready = select(gl->max_fd+1, &rfds, &wfds, &ufds, (gl->timer.fn || gl->io_mode==GL_SERVER_MODE) ? &dt : NULL); /* * We don't want to do a longjmp in the middle of a callback that * might be modifying global or heap data, so block all the signals * that we are trapping before executing callback functions. Note that * the caller will unblock them again when it needs to, so there is * no need to undo this before returning. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, NULL); /* * If select() returns but none of the file descriptors are reported * to have activity, then select() timed out. */ if(nready == 0) { /* * Note that in non-blocking server mode, the inactivity timer is used * to allow I/O to block for a specified amount of time, so in this * mode we return the postponed blocked status when an abort is * requested. */ if(gl_call_timeout_handler(gl)) { return 1; } else if(gl->io_mode == GL_SERVER_MODE) { gl_record_status(gl, GLR_BLOCKED, BLOCKED_ERRNO); return 1; }; /* * If nready < 0, this means an error occurred. */ } else if(nready < 0) { if(errno != EINTR) { gl_record_status(gl, GLR_ERROR, errno); return 1; }; /* * If the user-input file descriptor has data available, return. */ } else if(FD_ISSET(fd, &rfds)) { return 0; /* * Check for activity on any of the file descriptors registered by the * calling application, and call the associated callback functions. */ } else { GlFdNode *node; /* The fd event node being checked */ /* * Search the list for the file descriptor that caused select() to return. */ for(node=gl->fd_nodes; node; node=node->next) { /* * Is there urgent out of band data waiting to be read on fd? */ if(node->ur.fn && FD_ISSET(node->fd, &ufds)) { if(gl_call_fd_handler(gl, &node->ur, node->fd, GLFD_URGENT)) return 1; break; /* The callback may have changed the list of nodes */ /* * Is the fd readable? */ } else if(node->rd.fn && FD_ISSET(node->fd, &rfds)) { if(gl_call_fd_handler(gl, &node->rd, node->fd, GLFD_READ)) return 1; break; /* The callback may have changed the list of nodes */ /* * Is the fd writable? */ } else if(node->wr.fn && FD_ISSET(node->fd, &wfds)) { if(gl_call_fd_handler(gl, &node->wr, node->fd, GLFD_WRITE)) return 1; break; /* The callback may have changed the list of nodes */ }; }; }; /* * Just in case the above event handlers asked for the input line to * be redrawn, flush any pending output. */ if(gl_flush_output(gl)) return 1; }; return 0; } #endif #if defined(HAVE_SELECT) /*....................................................................... * This is a private function of gl_event_handler(), used to call a * file-descriptor callback. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * gfh GlFdHandler * The I/O handler. * fd int The file-descriptor being reported. * event GlFdEvent The I/O event being reported. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_call_fd_handler(GetLine *gl, GlFdHandler *gfh, int fd, GlFdEvent event) { Termios attr; /* The terminal attributes */ int waserr = 0; /* True after any error */ /* * Re-enable conversion of newline characters to carriage-return/linefeed, * so that the callback can write to the terminal without having to do * anything special. */ if(tcgetattr(gl->input_fd, &attr)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcgetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; attr.c_oflag |= OPOST; while(tcsetattr(gl->input_fd, TCSADRAIN, &attr)) { if(errno != EINTR) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcsetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; }; /* * Invoke the application's callback function. */ switch(gfh->fn(gl, gfh->data, fd, event)) { default: case GLFD_ABORT: gl_record_status(gl, GLR_FDABORT, 0); waserr = 1; break; case GLFD_REFRESH: gl_queue_redisplay(gl); break; case GLFD_CONTINUE: break; }; /* * Disable conversion of newline characters to carriage-return/linefeed. */ attr.c_oflag &= ~(OPOST); while(tcsetattr(gl->input_fd, TCSADRAIN, &attr)) { if(errno != EINTR) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcsetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; }; return waserr; } /*....................................................................... * This is a private function of gl_event_handler(), used to call a * inactivity timer callbacks. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_call_timeout_handler(GetLine *gl) { Termios attr; /* The terminal attributes */ int waserr = 0; /* True after any error */ /* * Make sure that there is an inactivity timeout callback. */ if(!gl->timer.fn) return 0; /* * Re-enable conversion of newline characters to carriage-return/linefeed, * so that the callback can write to the terminal without having to do * anything special. */ if(tcgetattr(gl->input_fd, &attr)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcgetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; attr.c_oflag |= OPOST; while(tcsetattr(gl->input_fd, TCSADRAIN, &attr)) { if(errno != EINTR) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcsetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; }; /* * Invoke the application's callback function. */ switch(gl->timer.fn(gl, gl->timer.data)) { default: case GLTO_ABORT: gl_record_status(gl, GLR_TIMEOUT, 0); waserr = 1; break; case GLTO_REFRESH: gl_queue_redisplay(gl); break; case GLTO_CONTINUE: break; }; /* * Disable conversion of newline characters to carriage-return/linefeed. */ attr.c_oflag &= ~(OPOST); while(tcsetattr(gl->input_fd, TCSADRAIN, &attr)) { if(errno != EINTR) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "tcsetattr error", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; }; return waserr; } #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ /*....................................................................... * Switch history groups. History groups represent separate history * lists recorded within a single history buffer. Different groups * are distinguished by integer identifiers chosen by the calling * appplicaton. Initially new_GetLine() sets the group identifier to * 0. Whenever a new line is appended to the history list, the current * group identifier is recorded with it, and history lookups only * consider lines marked with the current group identifier. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * id unsigned The new history group identifier. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_group_history(GetLine *gl, unsigned id) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of this function */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals while we install the new configuration. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * If the group isn't being changed, do nothing. */ if(_glh_get_group(gl->glh) == id) { status = 0; /* * Establish the new group. */ } else if(_glh_set_group(gl->glh, id)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); status = 1; /* * Prevent history information from the previous group being * inappropriately used by the next call to gl_get_line(). */ } else { gl->preload_history = 0; gl->last_search = -1; status = 0; }; /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * Display the contents of the history list. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * fp FILE * The stdio output stream to write to. * fmt const char * A format string. This containing characters to be * written verbatim, plus any of the following * format directives: * %D - The date, formatted like 2001-11-20 * %T - The time of day, formatted like 23:59:59 * %N - The sequential entry number of the * line in the history buffer. * %G - The number of the history group that * the line belongs to. * %% - A literal % character. * %H - The history line itself. * Note that a '\n' newline character is not * appended by default. * all_groups int If true, display history lines from all * history groups. Otherwise only display * those of the current history group. * max_lines int If max_lines is < 0, all available lines * are displayed. Otherwise only the most * recent max_lines lines will be displayed. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_show_history(GetLine *gl, FILE *fp, const char *fmt, int all_groups, int max_lines) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of this function */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !fp || !fmt) { if(gl) _err_record_msg(gl->err, "NULL argument(s)", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Display the specified history group(s) while signals are blocked. */ status = _glh_show_history(gl->glh, _io_write_stdio, fp, fmt, all_groups, max_lines) || fflush(fp)==EOF; if(!status) _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * Update if necessary, and return the current size of the terminal. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * def_ncolumn int If the number of columns in the terminal * can't be determined, substitute this number. * def_nline int If the number of lines in the terminal can't * be determined, substitute this number. * Output: * return GlTerminalSize The current terminal size. */ GlTerminalSize gl_terminal_size(GetLine *gl, int def_ncolumn, int def_nline) { GlTerminalSize size; /* The object to be returned */ sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry */ /* to this function */ /* * Block all signals while accessing gl. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Lookup/configure the terminal size. */ _gl_terminal_size(gl, def_ncolumn, def_nline, &size); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return size; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_terminal_size() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static void _gl_terminal_size(GetLine *gl, int def_ncolumn, int def_nline, GlTerminalSize *size) { const char *env; /* The value of an environment variable */ int n; /* A number read from env[] */ /* * Set the number of lines and columns to non-sensical values so that * we know later if they have been set. */ gl->nline = 0; gl->ncolumn = 0; /* * Are we reading from a terminal? */ if(gl->is_term) { /* * Ask the terminal directly if possible. */ (void) _gl_update_size(gl); /* * If gl_update_size() couldn't ask the terminal, it will have * left gl->nrow and gl->ncolumn unchanged. If these values haven't * been changed from their initial values of zero, we need to find * a different method to get the terminal size. * * If the number of lines isn't known yet, first see if the * LINES environment ariable exists and specifies a believable number. * If this doesn't work, look up the default size in the terminal * information database. */ if(gl->nline < 1) { if((env = getenv("LINES")) && (n=atoi(env)) > 0) gl->nline = n; #ifdef USE_TERMINFO else gl->nline = tigetnum((char *)"lines"); #elif defined(USE_TERMCAP) else gl->nline = tgetnum("li"); #endif }; /* * If the number of lines isn't known yet, first see if the COLUMNS * environment ariable exists and specifies a believable number. If * this doesn't work, look up the default size in the terminal * information database. */ if(gl->ncolumn < 1) { if((env = getenv("COLUMNS")) && (n=atoi(env)) > 0) gl->ncolumn = n; #ifdef USE_TERMINFO else gl->ncolumn = tigetnum((char *)"cols"); #elif defined(USE_TERMCAP) else gl->ncolumn = tgetnum("co"); #endif }; }; /* * If we still haven't been able to acquire reasonable values, substitute * the default values specified by the caller. */ if(gl->nline <= 0) gl->nline = def_nline; if(gl->ncolumn <= 0) gl->ncolumn = def_ncolumn; /* * Copy the new size into the return value. */ if(size) { size->nline = gl->nline; size->ncolumn = gl->ncolumn; }; return; } /*....................................................................... * Resize or delete the history buffer. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * bufsize size_t The number of bytes in the history buffer, or 0 * to delete the buffer completely. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Insufficient memory (the previous buffer * will have been retained). No error message * will be displayed. */ int gl_resize_history(GetLine *gl, size_t bufsize) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of this function */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) return 1; /* * Block all signals while modifying the contents of gl. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Perform the resize while signals are blocked. */ status = _glh_resize_history(gl->glh, bufsize); if(status) _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * Set an upper limit to the number of lines that can be recorded in the * history list, or remove a previously specified limit. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * max_lines int The maximum number of lines to allow, or -1 to * cancel a previous limit and allow as many lines * as will fit in the current history buffer size. */ void gl_limit_history(GetLine *gl, int max_lines) { if(gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Apply the limit while signals are blocked. */ _glh_limit_history(gl->glh, max_lines); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; } /*....................................................................... * Discard either all historical lines, or just those associated with the * current history group. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * all_groups int If true, clear all of the history. If false, * clear only the stored lines associated with the * currently selected history group. */ void gl_clear_history(GetLine *gl, int all_groups) { if(gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Clear the history buffer while signals are blocked. */ _glh_clear_history(gl->glh, all_groups); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; } /*....................................................................... * Temporarily enable or disable the gl_get_line() history mechanism. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * enable int If true, turn on the history mechanism. If * false, disable it. */ void gl_toggle_history(GetLine *gl, int enable) { if(gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Change the history recording mode while signals are blocked. */ _glh_toggle_history(gl->glh, enable); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; } /*....................................................................... * Lookup a history line by its sequential number of entry in the * history buffer. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * id unsigned long The identification number of the line to * be returned, where 0 denotes the first line * that was entered in the history list, and * each subsequently added line has a number * one greater than the previous one. For * the range of lines currently in the list, * see the gl_range_of_history() function. * Input/Output: * line GlHistoryLine * A pointer to the variable in which to * return the details of the line. * Output: * return int 0 - The line is no longer in the history * list, and *line has not been changed. * 1 - The requested line can be found in * *line. Note that line->line is part * of the history buffer, so a * private copy should be made if you * wish to use it after subsequent calls * to any functions that take *gl as an * argument. */ int gl_lookup_history(GetLine *gl, unsigned long id, GlHistoryLine *line) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of this function */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) return 0; /* * Block all signals while modifying the contents of gl. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Perform the lookup while signals are blocked. */ status = _glh_lookup_history(gl->glh, (GlhLineID) id, &line->line, &line->group, &line->timestamp); if(status) _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * Query the state of the history list. Note that any of the input/output * pointers can be specified as NULL. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Input/Output: * state GlHistoryState * A pointer to the variable in which to record * the return values. */ void gl_state_of_history(GetLine *gl, GlHistoryState *state) { if(gl && state) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Lookup the status while signals are blocked. */ _glh_state_of_history(gl->glh, &state->enabled, &state->group, &state->max_lines); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; } /*....................................................................... * Query the number and range of lines in the history buffer. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * range GlHistoryRange * A pointer to the variable in which to record * the return values. If range->nline=0, the * range of lines will be given as 0-0. */ void gl_range_of_history(GetLine *gl, GlHistoryRange *range) { if(gl && range) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Lookup the information while signals are blocked. */ _glh_range_of_history(gl->glh, &range->oldest, &range->newest, &range->nlines); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; } /*....................................................................... * Return the size of the history buffer and the amount of the * buffer that is currently in use. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The gl_get_line() resource object. * Input/Output: * GlHistorySize size * A pointer to the variable in which to return * the results. */ void gl_size_of_history(GetLine *gl, GlHistorySize *size) { if(gl && size) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Lookup the information while signals are blocked. */ _glh_size_of_history(gl->glh, &size->size, &size->used); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; } /*....................................................................... * This is the action function that lists the contents of the history * list. */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_list_history) { /* * Start a new line. */ if(gl_start_newline(gl, 1)) return 1; /* * List history lines that belong to the current group. */ _glh_show_history(gl->glh, gl_write_fn, gl, "%N %T %H\r\n", 0, count<=1 ? -1 : count); /* * Arrange for the input line to be redisplayed. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Specify whether text that users type should be displayed or hidden. * In the latter case, only the prompt is displayed, and the final * input line is not archived in the history list. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The gl_get_line() resource object. * enable int 0 - Disable echoing. * 1 - Enable echoing. * -1 - Just query the mode without changing it. * Output: * return int The echoing disposition that was in effect * before this function was called: * 0 - Echoing was disabled. * 1 - Echoing was enabled. */ int gl_echo_mode(GetLine *gl, int enable) { if(gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ int was_echoing; /* The echoing disposition on entry to this function */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Install the new disposition while signals are blocked. */ was_echoing = gl->echo; if(enable >= 0) gl->echo = enable; /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Return the original echoing disposition. */ return was_echoing; }; return 1; } /*....................................................................... * Display the prompt. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_display_prompt(GetLine *gl) { const char *pptr; /* A pointer into gl->prompt[] */ unsigned old_attr=0; /* The current text display attributes */ unsigned new_attr=0; /* The requested text display attributes */ /* * Temporarily switch to echoing output characters. */ int kept_echo = gl->echo; gl->echo = 1; /* * In case the screen got messed up, send a carriage return to * put the cursor at the beginning of the current terminal line. */ if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->bol)) return 1; /* * Mark the line as partially displayed. */ gl->displayed = 1; /* * Write the prompt, using the currently selected prompt style. */ switch(gl->prompt_style) { case GL_LITERAL_PROMPT: if(gl_print_string(gl, gl->prompt, '\0')) return 1; break; case GL_FORMAT_PROMPT: for(pptr=gl->prompt; *pptr; pptr++) { /* * Does the latest character appear to be the start of a directive? */ if(*pptr == '%') { /* * Check for and act on attribute changing directives. */ switch(pptr[1]) { /* * Add or remove a text attribute from the new set of attributes. */ case 'B': case 'U': case 'S': case 'P': case 'F': case 'V': case 'b': case 'u': case 's': case 'p': case 'f': case 'v': switch(*++pptr) { case 'B': /* Switch to a bold font */ new_attr |= GL_TXT_BOLD; break; case 'b': /* Switch to a non-bold font */ new_attr &= ~GL_TXT_BOLD; break; case 'U': /* Start underlining */ new_attr |= GL_TXT_UNDERLINE; break; case 'u': /* Stop underlining */ new_attr &= ~GL_TXT_UNDERLINE; break; case 'S': /* Start highlighting */ new_attr |= GL_TXT_STANDOUT; break; case 's': /* Stop highlighting */ new_attr &= ~GL_TXT_STANDOUT; break; case 'P': /* Switch to a pale font */ new_attr |= GL_TXT_DIM; break; case 'p': /* Switch to a non-pale font */ new_attr &= ~GL_TXT_DIM; break; case 'F': /* Switch to a flashing font */ new_attr |= GL_TXT_BLINK; break; case 'f': /* Switch to a steady font */ new_attr &= ~GL_TXT_BLINK; break; case 'V': /* Switch to reverse video */ new_attr |= GL_TXT_REVERSE; break; case 'v': /* Switch out of reverse video */ new_attr &= ~GL_TXT_REVERSE; break; }; continue; /* * A literal % is represented by %%. Skip the leading %. */ case '%': pptr++; break; }; }; /* * Many terminals, when asked to turn off a single text attribute, turn * them all off, so the portable way to turn one off individually is to * explicitly turn them all off, then specify those that we want from * scratch. */ if(old_attr & ~new_attr) { if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->text_attr_off)) return 1; old_attr = 0; }; /* * Install new text attributes? */ if(new_attr != old_attr) { if(new_attr & GL_TXT_BOLD && !(old_attr & GL_TXT_BOLD) && gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->bold)) return 1; if(new_attr & GL_TXT_UNDERLINE && !(old_attr & GL_TXT_UNDERLINE) && gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->underline)) return 1; if(new_attr & GL_TXT_STANDOUT && !(old_attr & GL_TXT_STANDOUT) && gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->standout)) return 1; if(new_attr & GL_TXT_DIM && !(old_attr & GL_TXT_DIM) && gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->dim)) return 1; if(new_attr & GL_TXT_REVERSE && !(old_attr & GL_TXT_REVERSE) && gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->reverse)) return 1; if(new_attr & GL_TXT_BLINK && !(old_attr & GL_TXT_BLINK) && gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->blink)) return 1; old_attr = new_attr; }; /* * Display the latest character. */ if(gl_print_char(gl, *pptr, pptr[1])) return 1; }; /* * Turn off all text attributes now that we have finished drawing * the prompt. */ if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->text_attr_off)) return 1; break; }; /* * Restore the original echo mode. */ gl->echo = kept_echo; /* * The prompt has now been displayed at least once. */ gl->prompt_changed = 0; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This function can be called from gl_get_line() callbacks to have * the prompt changed when they return. It has no effect if gl_get_line() * is not currently being invoked. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * prompt const char * The new prompt. */ void gl_replace_prompt(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt) { if(gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Replace the prompt. */ _gl_replace_prompt(gl, prompt); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_replace_prompt() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static void _gl_replace_prompt(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt) { size_t size; /* * Substitute an empty prompt? */ if(!prompt) prompt = ""; /* * Gaurd against aliasing between prompt and gl->prompt. */ if(gl->prompt != prompt) { /* * Get the length of the new prompt string. */ size_t slen = strlen(prompt); /* * If needed, allocate a new buffer for the prompt string. */ size = sizeof(char) * (slen + 1); if(!gl->prompt || slen > strlen(gl->prompt)) { char *new_prompt = gl->prompt ? realloc(gl->prompt, size) : malloc(size); if(!new_prompt) return; gl->prompt = new_prompt; }; /* * Make a copy of the new prompt. */ strlcpy(gl->prompt, prompt, size); }; /* * Record the statistics of the new prompt. */ gl->prompt_len = gl_displayed_prompt_width(gl); gl->prompt_changed = 1; gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return; } /*....................................................................... * Work out the length of the current prompt on the terminal, according * to the current prompt formatting style. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * Output: * return int The number of displayed characters. */ static int gl_displayed_prompt_width(GetLine *gl) { int slen=0; /* The displayed number of characters */ const char *pptr; /* A pointer into prompt[] */ /* * The length differs according to the prompt display style. */ switch(gl->prompt_style) { case GL_LITERAL_PROMPT: return gl_displayed_string_width(gl, gl->prompt, -1, 0); break; case GL_FORMAT_PROMPT: /* * Add up the length of the displayed string, while filtering out * attribute directives. */ for(pptr=gl->prompt; *pptr; pptr++) { /* * Does the latest character appear to be the start of a directive? */ if(*pptr == '%') { /* * Check for and skip attribute changing directives. */ switch(pptr[1]) { case 'B': case 'b': case 'U': case 'u': case 'S': case 's': pptr++; continue; /* * A literal % is represented by %%. Skip the leading %. */ case '%': pptr++; break; }; }; slen += gl_displayed_char_width(gl, *pptr, slen); }; break; }; return slen; } /*....................................................................... * Specify whether to heed text attribute directives within prompt * strings. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * style GlPromptStyle The style of prompt (see the definition of * GlPromptStyle in libtecla.h for details). */ void gl_prompt_style(GetLine *gl, GlPromptStyle style) { if(gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Install the new style in gl while signals are blocked. */ if(style != gl->prompt_style) { gl->prompt_style = style; gl->prompt_len = gl_displayed_prompt_width(gl); gl->prompt_changed = 1; gl_queue_redisplay(gl); }; /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; } /*....................................................................... * Tell gl_get_line() how to respond to a given signal. This can be used * both to override the default responses to signals that gl_get_line() * normally catches and to add new signals to the list that are to be * caught. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * signo int The number of the signal to be caught. * flags unsigned A bitwise union of GlSignalFlags enumerators. * after GlAfterSignal What to do after the application's signal * handler has been called. * errno_value int The value to set errno to. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_trap_signal(GetLine *gl, int signo, unsigned flags, GlAfterSignal after, int errno_value) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of this function */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals while modifying the contents of gl. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Perform the modification while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_trap_signal(gl, signo, flags, after, errno_value); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_trap_signal() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_trap_signal(GetLine *gl, int signo, unsigned flags, GlAfterSignal after, int errno_value) { GlSignalNode *sig; /* * Complain if an attempt is made to trap untrappable signals. * These would otherwise cause errors later in gl_mask_signals(). */ if(0 #ifdef SIGKILL || signo==SIGKILL #endif #ifdef SIGBLOCK || signo==SIGBLOCK #endif ) { return 1; }; /* * See if the signal has already been registered. */ for(sig=gl->sigs; sig && sig->signo != signo; sig = sig->next) ; /* * If the signal hasn't already been registered, allocate a node for * it. */ if(!sig) { sig = (GlSignalNode *) _new_FreeListNode(gl->sig_mem); if(!sig) return 1; /* * Add the new node to the head of the list. */ sig->next = gl->sigs; gl->sigs = sig; /* * Record the signal number. */ sig->signo = signo; /* * Create a signal set that includes just this signal. */ sigemptyset(&sig->proc_mask); if(sigaddset(&sig->proc_mask, signo) == -1) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "sigaddset error", END_ERR_MSG); sig = (GlSignalNode *) _del_FreeListNode(gl->sig_mem, sig); return 1; }; /* * Add the signal to the bit-mask of signals being trapped. */ sigaddset(&gl->all_signal_set, signo); }; /* * Record the new signal attributes. */ sig->flags = flags; sig->after = after; sig->errno_value = errno_value; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Remove a signal from the list of signals that gl_get_line() traps. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * signo int The number of the signal to be ignored. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_ignore_signal(GetLine *gl, int signo) { GlSignalNode *sig; /* The gl->sigs list node of the specified signal */ GlSignalNode *prev; /* The node that precedes sig in the list */ sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this */ /* function. */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals while modifying the contents of gl. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Find the node of the gl->sigs list which records the disposition * of the specified signal. */ for(prev=NULL,sig=gl->sigs; sig && sig->signo != signo; prev=sig,sig=sig->next) ; if(sig) { /* * Remove the node from the list. */ if(prev) prev->next = sig->next; else gl->sigs = sig->next; /* * Return the node to the freelist. */ sig = (GlSignalNode *) _del_FreeListNode(gl->sig_mem, sig); /* * Remove the signal from the bit-mask union of signals being trapped. */ sigdelset(&gl->all_signal_set, signo); }; /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This function is called when an input line has been completed. It * appends the specified newline character, terminates the line, * records the line in the history buffer if appropriate, and positions * the terminal cursor at the start of the next line. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * newline_char int The newline character to add to the end * of the line. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_line_ended(GetLine *gl, int newline_char) { /* * If the newline character is printable, display it at the end of * the line, and add it to the input line buffer. */ if(isprint((int)(unsigned char) newline_char)) { if(gl_end_of_line(gl, 1, NULL) || gl_add_char_to_line(gl, newline_char)) return 1; } else { /* * Otherwise just append a newline character to the input line buffer. */ newline_char = '\n'; gl_buffer_char(gl, newline_char, gl->ntotal); }; /* * Add the line to the history buffer if it was entered with a * newline character. */ if(gl->echo && gl->automatic_history && newline_char=='\n') (void) _gl_append_history(gl, gl->line); /* * Except when depending on the system-provided line editing, start a new * line after the end of the line that has just been entered. */ if(gl->editor != GL_NO_EDITOR && gl_start_newline(gl, 1)) return 1; /* * Record the successful return status. */ gl_record_status(gl, GLR_NEWLINE, 0); /* * Attempt to flush any pending output. */ (void) gl_flush_output(gl); /* * The next call to gl_get_line() will write the prompt for a new line * (or continue the above flush if incomplete), so if we manage to * flush the terminal now, report that we are waiting to write to the * terminal. */ gl->pending_io = GLP_WRITE; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Return the last signal that was caught by the most recent call to * gl_get_line(), or -1 if no signals were caught. This is useful if * gl_get_line() returns errno=EINTR and you need to find out what signal * caused it to abort. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int The last signal caught by the most recent * call to gl_get_line(), or -1 if no signals * were caught. */ int gl_last_signal(GetLine *gl) { int signo = -1; /* The requested signal number */ if(gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Access gl now that signals are blocked. */ signo = gl->last_signal; /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; return signo; } /*....................................................................... * Prepare to edit a new line. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this library. * prompt char * The prompt to prefix the line with, or NULL to * use the same prompt that was used by the previous * line. * start_line char * The initial contents of the input line, or NULL * if it should start out empty. * start_pos int If start_line isn't NULL, this specifies the * index of the character over which the cursor * should initially be positioned within the line. * If you just want it to follow the last character * of the line, send -1. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_present_line(GetLine *gl, const char *prompt, const char *start_line, int start_pos) { /* * Reset the properties of the line. */ gl_reset_input_line(gl); /* * Record the new prompt and its displayed width. */ if(prompt) _gl_replace_prompt(gl, prompt); /* * Reset the history search pointers. */ if(_glh_cancel_search(gl->glh)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * If the previous line was entered via the repeat-history action, * preload the specified history line. */ if(gl->preload_history) { gl->preload_history = 0; if(gl->preload_id) { if(_glh_recall_line(gl->glh, gl->preload_id, gl->line, gl->linelen+1)) { gl_update_buffer(gl); /* Compute gl->ntotal etc.. */ gl->buff_curpos = gl->ntotal; } else { gl_truncate_buffer(gl, 0); }; gl->preload_id = 0; }; /* * Present a specified initial line? */ } else if(start_line) { char *cptr; /* A pointer into gl->line[] */ /* * Measure the length of the starting line. */ int start_len = strlen(start_line); /* * If the length of the line is greater than the available space, * truncate it. */ if(start_len > gl->linelen) start_len = gl->linelen; /* * Load the line into the buffer. */ if(start_line != gl->line) gl_buffer_string(gl, start_line, start_len, 0); /* * Strip off any trailing newline and carriage return characters. */ for(cptr=gl->line + gl->ntotal - 1; cptr >= gl->line && (*cptr=='\n' || *cptr=='\r'); cptr--,gl->ntotal--) ; gl_truncate_buffer(gl, gl->ntotal < 0 ? 0 : gl->ntotal); /* * Where should the cursor be placed within the line? */ if(start_pos < 0 || start_pos > gl->ntotal) { if(gl_place_cursor(gl, gl->ntotal)) return 1; } else { if(gl_place_cursor(gl, start_pos)) return 1; }; /* * Clear the input line? */ } else { gl_truncate_buffer(gl, 0); }; /* * Arrange for the line to be displayed by gl_flush_output(). */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); /* * Update the display. */ return gl_flush_output(gl); } /*....................................................................... * Reset all line input parameters for a new input line. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The line editor resource object. */ static void gl_reset_input_line(GetLine *gl) { gl->ntotal = 0; gl->line[0] = '\0'; gl->buff_curpos = 0; gl->term_curpos = 0; gl->term_len = 0; gl->insert_curpos = 0; gl->number = -1; gl->displayed = 0; gl->endline = 0; gl->redisplay = 0; gl->postpone = 0; gl->nbuf = 0; gl->nread = 0; gl->vi.command = 0; gl->vi.undo.line[0] = '\0'; gl->vi.undo.ntotal = 0; gl->vi.undo.buff_curpos = 0; gl->vi.repeat.action.fn = 0; gl->vi.repeat.action.data = 0; gl->last_signal = -1; } /*....................................................................... * Print an informational message to the terminal, after starting a new * line. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The line editor resource object. * ... const char * Zero or more strings to be printed. * ... void * The last argument must always be GL_END_INFO. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_print_info(GetLine *gl, ...) { va_list ap; /* The variable argument list */ const char *s; /* The string being printed */ int waserr = 0; /* True after an error */ /* * Only display output when echoing is on. */ if(gl->echo) { /* * Skip to the start of the next empty line before displaying the message. */ if(gl_start_newline(gl, 1)) return 1; /* * Display the list of provided messages. */ va_start(ap, gl); while(!waserr && (s = va_arg(ap, const char *)) != GL_END_INFO) waserr = gl_print_raw_string(gl, 1, s, -1); va_end(ap); /* * Start a newline. */ waserr = waserr || gl_print_raw_string(gl, 1, "\n\r", -1); /* * Arrange for the input line to be redrawn. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); }; return waserr; } /*....................................................................... * Go to the start of the next empty line, ready to output miscellaneous * text to the screen. * * Note that when async-signal safety is required, the 'buffered' * argument must be 0. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The line editor resource object. * buffered int If true, used buffered I/O when writing to * the terminal. Otherwise use async-signal-safe * unbuffered I/O. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_start_newline(GetLine *gl, int buffered) { int waserr = 0; /* True after any I/O error */ /* * Move the cursor to the start of the terminal line that follows the * last line of the partially enterred line. In order that this * function remain async-signal safe when write_fn is signal safe, we * can't call our normal output functions, since they call tputs(), * who's signal saftey isn't defined. Fortunately, we can simply use * \r and \n to move the cursor to the right place. */ if(gl->displayed) { /* Is an input line currently displayed? */ /* * On which terminal lines are the cursor and the last character of the * input line? */ int curs_line = gl->term_curpos / gl->ncolumn; int last_line = gl->term_len / gl->ncolumn; /* * Move the cursor to the start of the line that follows the last * terminal line that is occupied by the input line. */ for( ; curs_line < last_line + 1; curs_line++) waserr = waserr || gl_print_raw_string(gl, buffered, "\n", 1); waserr = waserr || gl_print_raw_string(gl, buffered, "\r", 1); /* * Mark the line as no longer displayed. */ gl_line_erased(gl); }; return waserr; } /*....................................................................... * The callback through which all terminal output is routed. * This simply appends characters to a queue buffer, which is * subsequently flushed to the output channel by gl_flush_output(). * * Input: * data void * The pointer to a GetLine line editor resource object * cast to (void *). * s const char * The string to be written. * n int The number of characters to write from s[]. * Output: * return int The number of characters written. This will always * be equal to 'n' unless an error occurs. */ static GL_WRITE_FN(gl_write_fn) { GetLine *gl = (GetLine *) data; int ndone = _glq_append_chars(gl->cq, s, n, gl->flush_fn, gl); if(ndone != n) _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glq_last_error(gl->cq), END_ERR_MSG); return ndone; } /*....................................................................... * Ask gl_get_line() what caused it to return. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The line editor resource object. * Output: * return GlReturnStatus The return status of the last call to * gl_get_line(). */ GlReturnStatus gl_return_status(GetLine *gl) { GlReturnStatus rtn_status = GLR_ERROR; /* The requested status */ if(gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Access gl while signals are blocked. */ rtn_status = gl->rtn_status; /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; return rtn_status; } /*....................................................................... * In non-blocking server-I/O mode, this function should be called * from the application's external event loop to see what type of * terminal I/O is being waited for by gl_get_line(), and thus what * direction of I/O to wait for with select() or poll(). * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return GlPendingIO The type of pending I/O being waited for. */ GlPendingIO gl_pending_io(GetLine *gl) { GlPendingIO pending_io = GLP_WRITE; /* The requested information */ if(gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Access gl while signals are blocked. */ pending_io = gl->pending_io; /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); }; return pending_io; } /*....................................................................... * In server mode, this function configures the terminal for non-blocking * raw terminal I/O. In normal I/O mode it does nothing. * * Callers of this function must be careful to trap all signals that * terminate or suspend the program, and call gl_normal_io() * from the corresponding signal handlers in order to restore the * terminal to its original settings before the program is terminated * or suspended. They should also trap the SIGCONT signal to detect * when the program resumes, and ensure that its signal handler * call gl_raw_io() to redisplay the line and resume editing. * * This function is async signal safe. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The line editor resource object. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_raw_io(GetLine *gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_raw_io() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Don't allow applications to switch into raw mode unless in server mode. */ if(gl->io_mode != GL_SERVER_MODE) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Can't switch to raw I/O unless in server mode", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EPERM; status = 1; } else { /* * Execute the private body of the function while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_raw_io(gl, 1); }; /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the public function, gl_raw_io(). * It assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. * * This function is async signal safe. */ static int _gl_raw_io(GetLine *gl, int redisplay) { /* * If we are already in the correct mode, do nothing. */ if(gl->raw_mode) return 0; /* * Switch the terminal to raw mode. */ if(gl->is_term && gl_raw_terminal_mode(gl)) return 1; /* * Switch to non-blocking I/O mode? */ if(gl->io_mode==GL_SERVER_MODE && (gl_nonblocking_io(gl, gl->input_fd) || gl_nonblocking_io(gl, gl->output_fd) || (gl->file_fp && gl_nonblocking_io(gl, fileno(gl->file_fp))))) { if(gl->is_term) gl_restore_terminal_attributes(gl); return 1; }; /* * If an input line is being entered, arrange for it to be * displayed. */ if(redisplay) { gl->postpone = 0; gl_queue_redisplay(gl); }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Restore the terminal to the state that it had when * gl_raw_io() was last called. After calling * gl_raw_io(), this function must be called before * terminating or suspending the program, and before attempting other * uses of the terminal from within the program. See gl_raw_io() * for more details. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The line editor resource object. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_normal_io(GetLine *gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_normal_io() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Execute the private body of the function while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_normal_io(gl); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the public function, gl_normal_io(). * It assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_normal_io(GetLine *gl) { /* * If we are already in normal mode, do nothing. */ if(!gl->raw_mode) return 0; /* * Postpone subsequent redisplays until after _gl_raw_io(gl, 1) * is next called. */ gl->postpone = 1; /* * Switch back to blocking I/O. Note that this is essential to do * here, because when using non-blocking I/O, the terminal output * buffering code can't always make room for new output without calling * malloc(), and a call to malloc() would mean that this function * couldn't safely be called from signal handlers. */ if(gl->io_mode==GL_SERVER_MODE && (gl_blocking_io(gl, gl->input_fd) || gl_blocking_io(gl, gl->output_fd) || (gl->file_fp && gl_blocking_io(gl, fileno(gl->file_fp))))) return 1; /* * Move the cursor to the next empty terminal line. Note that * unbuffered I/O is requested, to ensure that gl_start_newline() be * async-signal-safe. */ if(gl->is_term && gl_start_newline(gl, 0)) return 1; /* * Switch the terminal to normal mode. */ if(gl->is_term && gl_restore_terminal_attributes(gl)) { /* * On error, revert to non-blocking I/O if needed, so that on failure * we remain in raw mode. */ if(gl->io_mode==GL_SERVER_MODE) { gl_nonblocking_io(gl, gl->input_fd); gl_nonblocking_io(gl, gl->output_fd); if(gl->file_fp) gl_nonblocking_io(gl, fileno(gl->file_fp)); }; return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This function allows you to install an additional completion * action, or to change the completion function of an existing * one. This should be called before the first call to gl_get_line() * so that the name of the action be defined before the user's * configuration file is read. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of the command-line input * module. * data void * This is passed to match_fn() whenever it is * called. It could, for example, point to a * symbol table that match_fn() would look up * matches in. * match_fn CplMatchFn * The function that will identify the prefix * to be completed from the input line, and * report matching symbols. * list_only int If non-zero, install an action that only lists * possible completions, rather than attempting * to perform the completion. * name const char * The name with which users can refer to the * binding in tecla configuration files. * keyseq const char * Either NULL, or a key sequence with which * to invoke the binding. This should be * specified in the same manner as key-sequences * in tecla configuration files (eg. "M-^I"). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_completion_action(GetLine *gl, void *data, CplMatchFn *match_fn, int list_only, const char *name, const char *keyseq) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_completion_action() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !name || !match_fn) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Install the new action while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_completion_action(gl, data, match_fn, list_only, name, keyseq); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the public function, gl_completion_action(). * It assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_completion_action(GetLine *gl, void *data, CplMatchFn *match_fn, int list_only, const char *name, const char *keyseq) { KtKeyFn *current_fn; /* An existing action function */ void *current_data; /* The action-function callback data */ /* * Which action function is desired? */ KtKeyFn *action_fn = list_only ? gl_list_completions : gl_complete_word; /* * Is there already an action of the specified name? */ if(_kt_lookup_action(gl->bindings, name, ¤t_fn, ¤t_data) == 0) { /* * If the action has the same type as the one being requested, * simply change the contents of its GlCplCallback callback data. */ if(current_fn == action_fn) { GlCplCallback *cb = (GlCplCallback *) current_data; cb->fn = match_fn; cb->data = data; } else { errno = EINVAL; _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Illegal attempt to change the type of an existing completion action", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * No existing action has the specified name. */ } else { /* * Allocate a new GlCplCallback callback object. */ GlCplCallback *cb = (GlCplCallback *) _new_FreeListNode(gl->cpl_mem); if(!cb) { errno = ENOMEM; _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Insufficient memory to add completion action", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * Record the completion callback data. */ cb->fn = match_fn; cb->data = data; /* * Attempt to register the new action. */ if(_kt_set_action(gl->bindings, name, action_fn, cb)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _kt_last_error(gl->bindings), END_ERR_MSG); _del_FreeListNode(gl->cpl_mem, (void *) cb); return 1; }; }; /* * Bind the action to a given key-sequence? */ if(keyseq && _kt_set_keybinding(gl->bindings, KTB_NORM, keyseq, name)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _kt_last_error(gl->bindings), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Register an application-provided function as an action function. * This should preferably be called before the first call to gl_get_line() * so that the name of the action becomes defined before the user's * configuration file is read. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of the command-line input * module. * data void * Arbitrary application-specific callback * data to be passed to the callback * function, fn(). * fn GlActionFn * The application-specific function that * implements the action. This will be invoked * whenever the user presses any * key-sequence which is bound to this action. * name const char * The name with which users can refer to the * binding in tecla configuration files. * keyseq const char * The key sequence with which to invoke * the binding. This should be specified in the * same manner as key-sequences in tecla * configuration files (eg. "M-^I"). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_register_action(GetLine *gl, void *data, GlActionFn *fn, const char *name, const char *keyseq) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_register_action() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !name || !fn) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Install the new action while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_register_action(gl, data, fn, name, keyseq); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the public function, gl_register_action(). * It assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_register_action(GetLine *gl, void *data, GlActionFn *fn, const char *name, const char *keyseq) { KtKeyFn *current_fn; /* An existing action function */ void *current_data; /* The action-function callback data */ /* * Get the action function which actually runs the application-provided * function. */ KtKeyFn *action_fn = gl_run_external_action; /* * Is there already an action of the specified name? */ if(_kt_lookup_action(gl->bindings, name, ¤t_fn, ¤t_data) == 0) { /* * If the action has the same type as the one being requested, * simply change the contents of its GlCplCallback callback data. */ if(current_fn == action_fn) { GlExternalAction *a = (GlExternalAction *) current_data; a->fn = fn; a->data = data; } else { errno = EINVAL; _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Illegal attempt to change the type of an existing action", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * No existing action has the specified name. */ } else { /* * Allocate a new GlCplCallback callback object. */ GlExternalAction *a = (GlExternalAction *) _new_FreeListNode(gl->ext_act_mem); if(!a) { errno = ENOMEM; _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Insufficient memory to add completion action", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * Record the completion callback data. */ a->fn = fn; a->data = data; /* * Attempt to register the new action. */ if(_kt_set_action(gl->bindings, name, action_fn, a)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _kt_last_error(gl->bindings), END_ERR_MSG); _del_FreeListNode(gl->cpl_mem, (void *) a); return 1; }; }; /* * Bind the action to a given key-sequence? */ if(keyseq && _kt_set_keybinding(gl->bindings, KTB_NORM, keyseq, name)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _kt_last_error(gl->bindings), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Invoke an action function previously registered by a call to * gl_register_action(). */ static KT_KEY_FN(gl_run_external_action) { GlAfterAction status; /* The return value of the action function */ /* * Get the container of the action function and associated callback data. */ GlExternalAction *a = (GlExternalAction *) data; /* * Invoke the action function. */ status = a->fn(gl, a->data, count, gl->buff_curpos, gl->line); /* * If the callback took us out of raw (possibly non-blocking) input * mode, restore this mode, and queue a redisplay of the input line. */ if(_gl_raw_io(gl, 1)) return 1; /* * Finally, check to see what the action function wants us to do next. */ switch(status) { default: case GLA_ABORT: gl_record_status(gl, GLR_ERROR, errno); return 1; break; case GLA_RETURN: return gl_newline(gl, 1, NULL); break; case GLA_CONTINUE: break; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * In server-I/O mode the terminal is left in raw mode between calls * to gl_get_line(), so it is necessary for the application to install * terminal restoring signal handlers for signals that could terminate * or suspend the process, plus a terminal reconfiguration handler to * be called when a process resumption signal is received, and finally * a handler to be called when a terminal-resize signal is received. * * Since there are many signals that by default terminate or suspend * processes, and different systems support different sub-sets of * these signals, this function provides a convenient wrapper around * sigaction() for assigning the specified handlers to all appropriate * signals. It also arranges that when any one of these signals is * being handled, all other catchable signals are blocked. This is * necessary so that the specified signal handlers can safely call * gl_raw_io(), gl_normal_io() and gl_update_size() without * reentrancy issues. * * Input: * term_handler void (*)(int) The signal handler to invoke when * a process terminating signal is * received. * susp_handler void (*)(int) The signal handler to invoke when * a process suspending signal is * received. * cont_handler void (*)(int) The signal handler to invoke when * a process resumption signal is * received (ie. SIGCONT). * size_handler void (*)(int) The signal handler to invoke when * a terminal-resize signal (ie. SIGWINCH) * is received. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_tty_signals(void (*term_handler)(int), void (*susp_handler)(int), void (*cont_handler)(int), void (*size_handler)(int)) { int i; /* * Search for signals of the specified classes, and assign the * associated signal handler to them. */ for(i=0; iattr & GLSA_SUSP) { if(gl_set_tty_signal(sig->signo, term_handler)) return 1; } else if(sig->attr & GLSA_TERM) { if(gl_set_tty_signal(sig->signo, susp_handler)) return 1; } else if(sig->attr & GLSA_CONT) { if(gl_set_tty_signal(sig->signo, cont_handler)) return 1; } else if(sig->attr & GLSA_SIZE) { if(gl_set_tty_signal(sig->signo, size_handler)) return 1; }; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is a private function of gl_tty_signals(). It installs a given * signal handler, and arranges that when that signal handler is being * invoked other signals are blocked. The latter is important to allow * functions like gl_normal_io(), gl_raw_io() and gl_update_size() * to be called from signal handlers. * * Input: * signo int The signal to be trapped. * handler void (*)(int) The signal handler to assign to the signal. */ static int gl_set_tty_signal(int signo, void (*handler)(int)) { SigAction act; /* The signal handler configuation */ /* * Arrange to block all trappable signals except the one that is being * assigned (the trapped signal will be blocked automatically by the * system). */ gl_list_trappable_signals(&act.sa_mask); sigdelset(&act.sa_mask, signo); /* * Assign the signal handler. */ act.sa_handler = handler; /* * There is only one portable signal handling flag, and it isn't * relevant to us, so don't specify any flags. */ act.sa_flags = 0; /* * Register the signal handler. */ if(sigaction(signo, &act, NULL)) return 1; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Display a left-justified string over multiple terminal lines, * taking account of the current width of the terminal. Optional * indentation and an optional prefix string can be specified to be * displayed at the start of each new terminal line used. Similarly, * an optional suffix can be specified to be displayed at the end of * each terminal line. If needed, a single paragraph can be broken * across multiple calls. Note that literal newlines in the input * string can be used to force a newline at any point and that you * should use this feature to explicitly end all paragraphs, including * at the end of the last string that you write. Note that when a new * line is started between two words that are separated by spaces, * those spaces are not output, whereas when a new line is started * because a newline character was found in the string, only the * spaces before the newline character are discarded. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * indentation int The number of spaces of indentation to write * at the beginning of each new terminal line. * prefix const char * An optional prefix string to write after the * indentation margin at the start of each new * terminal line. You can specify NULL if no * prefix is required. * suffix const char * An optional suffix string to draw at the end * of the terminal line. Spaces will be added * where necessary to ensure that the suffix ends * in the last column of the terminal line. If * no suffix is desired, specify NULL. * fill_char int The padding character to use when indenting * the line or padding up to the suffix. * def_width int If the terminal width isn't known, such as when * writing to a pipe or redirecting to a file, * this number specifies what width to assume. * start int The number of characters already written to * the start of the current terminal line. This * is primarily used to allow individual * paragraphs to be written over multiple calls * to this function, but can also be used to * allow you to start the first line of a * paragraph with a different prefix or * indentation than those specified above. * string const char * The string to be written. * Output: * return int On error -1 is returned. Otherwise the * return value is the terminal column index at * which the cursor was left after writing the * final word in the string. Successful return * values can thus be passed verbatim to the * 'start' arguments of subsequent calls to * gl_display_text() to allow the printing of a * paragraph to be broken across multiple calls * to gl_display_text(). */ int gl_display_text(GetLine *gl, int indentation, const char *prefix, const char *suffix, int fill_char, int def_width, int start, const char *string) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_completion_action() */ /* * Check the arguments? */ if(!gl || !string) { errno = EINVAL; return -1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return -1; /* * Display the text while signals are blocked. */ status = _io_display_text(_io_write_stdio, gl->output_fp, indentation, prefix, suffix, fill_char, gl->ncolumn > 0 ? gl->ncolumn : def_width, start, string); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * Block all of the signals that we are currently trapping. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Input/Output: * oldset sigset_t * The superseded process signal mask * will be return in *oldset unless oldset is * NULL. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_mask_signals(GetLine *gl, sigset_t *oldset) { /* * Block all signals in all_signal_set, along with any others that are * already blocked by the application. */ if(sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &gl->all_signal_set, oldset) >= 0) { gl->signals_masked = 1; return 0; }; /* * On error attempt to query the current process signal mask, so * that oldset be the correct process signal mask to restore later * if the caller of this function ignores the error return value. */ if(oldset) (void) sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, NULL, oldset); gl->signals_masked = 0; return 1; } /*....................................................................... * Restore a process signal mask that was previously returned via the * oldset argument of gl_mask_signals(). * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Input/Output: * oldset sigset_t * The process signal mask to be restored. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_unmask_signals(GetLine *gl, sigset_t *oldset) { gl->signals_masked = 0; return sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, oldset, NULL) < 0; } /*....................................................................... * Arrange to temporarily catch the signals marked in gl->use_signal_set. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_catch_signals(GetLine *gl) { return sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &gl->use_signal_set, NULL) < 0; } /*....................................................................... * Select the I/O mode to be used by gl_get_line(). * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * mode GlIOMode The I/O mode to establish. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_io_mode(GetLine *gl, GlIOMode mode) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this function */ int status; /* The return status of _gl_io_mode() */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Check that the requested mode is known. */ switch(mode) { case GL_NORMAL_MODE: case GL_SERVER_MODE: break; default: errno = EINVAL; _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Unknown gl_get_line() I/O mode requested.", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Invoke the private body of this function. */ status = _gl_io_mode(gl, mode); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the public function, gl_io_mode(). * It assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_io_mode(GetLine *gl, GlIOMode mode) { /* * Are we already in the specified mode? */ if(mode == gl->io_mode) return 0; /* * First revert to normal I/O in the current I/O mode. */ _gl_normal_io(gl); /* * Record the new mode. */ gl->io_mode = mode; /* * Perform any actions needed by the new mode. */ if(mode==GL_SERVER_MODE) { if(_gl_raw_io(gl, 1)) return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Return extra information (ie. in addition to that provided by errno) * about the last error to occur in either gl_get_line() or its * associated public functions. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Input/Output: * buff char * An optional output buffer. Note that if the * calling application calls any gl_*() * functions from signal handlers, it should * provide a buffer here, so that a copy of * the latest error message can safely be made * while signals are blocked. * n size_t The allocated size of buff[]. * Output: * return const char * A pointer to the error message. This will * be the buff argument, unless buff==NULL, in * which case it will be a pointer to an * internal error buffer. In the latter case, * note that the contents of the returned buffer * will change on subsequent calls to any gl_*() * functions. */ const char *gl_error_message(GetLine *gl, char *buff, size_t n) { if(!gl) { static const char *msg = "NULL GetLine argument"; if(buff) { strncpy(buff, msg, n); buff[n-1] = '\0'; } else { return msg; }; } else if(buff) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry to this block */ /* * Temporarily block all signals. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Copy the error message into the specified buffer. */ if(buff && n > 0) { strncpy(buff, _err_get_msg(gl->err), n); buff[n-1] = '\0'; }; /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); } else { return _err_get_msg(gl->err); }; return buff; } /*....................................................................... * Return the signal mask used by gl_get_line(). This is the set of * signals that gl_get_line() is currently configured to trap. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Input/Output: * set sigset_t * The set of signals will be returned in *set, * in the form of a signal process mask, as * used by sigaction(), sigprocmask(), * sigpending(), sigsuspend(), sigsetjmp() and * other standard POSIX signal-aware * functions. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error (examine errno for reason). */ int gl_list_signals(GetLine *gl, sigset_t *set) { /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !set) { if(gl) _err_record_msg(gl->err, "NULL argument(s)", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Copy the signal mask into *set. */ memcpy(set, &gl->all_signal_set, sizeof(*set)); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * By default, gl_get_line() doesn't trap signals that are blocked * when it is called. This default can be changed either on a * per-signal basis by calling gl_trap_signal(), or on a global basis * by calling this function. What this function does is add the * GLS_UNBLOCK_SIG flag to all signals that are currently configured * to be trapped by gl_get_line(), such that when subsequent calls to * gl_get_line() wait for I/O, these signals are temporarily * unblocked. This behavior is useful in non-blocking server-I/O mode, * where it is used to avoid race conditions related to handling these * signals externally to gl_get_line(). See the demonstration code in * demo3.c, or the gl_handle_signal() man page for further * information. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). */ void gl_catch_blocked(GetLine *gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The process signal mask to restore */ GlSignalNode *sig; /* A signal node in gl->sigs */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return; }; /* * Temporarily block all signals while we modify the contents of gl. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Add the GLS_UNBLOCK_SIG flag to all configured signals. */ for(sig=gl->sigs; sig; sig=sig->next) sig->flags |= GLS_UNBLOCK_SIG; /* * Restore the process signal mask that was superseded by the call * to gl_mask_signals(). */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return; } /*....................................................................... * Respond to signals who's default effects have important * consequences to gl_get_line(). This is intended for use in * non-blocking server mode, where the external event loop is * responsible for catching signals. Signals that are handled include * those that by default terminate or suspend the process, and the * signal that indicates that the terminal size has changed. Note that * this function is not signal safe and should thus not be called from * a signal handler itself. See the gl_io_mode() man page for how it * should be used. * * In the case of signals that by default terminate or suspend * processes, command-line editing will be suspended, the terminal * returned to a usable state, then the default disposition of the * signal restored and the signal resent, in order to suspend or * terminate the process. If the process subsequently resumes, * command-line editing is resumed. * * In the case of signals that indicate that the terminal has been * resized, the new size will be queried, and any input line that is * being edited will be redrawn to fit the new dimensions of the * terminal. * * Input: * signo int The number of the signal to respond to. * gl GetLine * The first element of an array of 'ngl' GetLine * objects. * ngl int The number of elements in the gl[] array. Normally * this will be one. */ void gl_handle_signal(int signo, GetLine *gl, int ngl) { int attr; /* The attributes of the specified signal */ sigset_t all_signals; /* The set of trappable signals */ sigset_t oldset; /* The process signal mask to restore */ int i; /* * NULL operation? */ if(ngl < 1 || !gl) return; /* * Look up the default attributes of the specified signal. */ attr = gl_classify_signal(signo); /* * If the signal isn't known, we are done. */ if(!attr) return; /* * Temporarily block all signals while we modify the gl objects. */ gl_list_trappable_signals(&all_signals); sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &all_signals, &oldset); /* * Suspend or terminate the process? */ if(attr & (GLSA_SUSP | GLSA_TERM)) { gl_suspend_process(signo, gl, ngl); /* * Resize the terminal? Note that ioctl() isn't defined as being * signal safe, so we can't call gl_update_size() here. However, * gl_get_line() checks for resizes on each call, so simply arrange * for the application's event loop to call gl_get_line() as soon as * it becomes possible to write to the terminal. Note that if the * caller is calling select() or poll when this happens, these functions * get interrupted, since a signal has been caught. */ } else if(attr & GLSA_SIZE) { for(i=0; iraw_mode) { _gl_normal_io(obj); if(!obj->raw_mode) /* Check that gl_normal_io() succeded */ obj->raw_mode = -1; /* Flag raw mode as needing to be restored */ }; }; /* * Restore the system default disposition of the signal that we * caught. Note that this signal is currently blocked. Note that we * don't use memcpy() to copy signal sets here, because the signal safety * of memcpy() is undefined. */ def_action.sa_handler = SIG_DFL; { char *orig = (char *) &all_signals; char *dest = (char *) &def_action.sa_mask; for(i=0; iraw_mode == -1) { /* Did we flag the need to restore raw mode? */ obj->raw_mode = 0; /* gl_raw_io() does nothing unless raw_mode==0 */ _gl_raw_io(obj, 1); }; }; /* * Restore the process signal mask to the way it was when this function * was called. */ sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &oldset, NULL); return; } /*....................................................................... * Return the information about the default attributes of a given signal. * The attributes that are returned are as defined by the standards that * created them, including POSIX, SVR4 and 4.3+BSD, and are taken from a * table in Richard Steven's book, "Advanced programming in the UNIX * environment". * * Input: * signo int The signal to be characterized. * Output: * return int A bitwise union of GlSigAttr enumerators, or 0 * if the signal isn't known. */ static int gl_classify_signal(int signo) { int i; /* * Search for the specified signal in the gl_signal_list[] table. */ for(i=0; isigno == signo) return sig->attr; }; /* * Signal not known. */ return 0; } /*....................................................................... * When in non-blocking server mode, this function can be used to abandon * the current incompletely entered input line, and prepare to start * editing a new line on the next call to gl_get_line(). * * Input: * gl GetLine * The line editor resource object. */ void gl_abandon_line(GetLine *gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The process signal mask to restore */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return; }; /* * Temporarily block all signals while we modify the contents of gl. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Mark the input line as discarded. */ _gl_abandon_line(gl); /* * Restore the process signal mask that was superseded by the call * to gl_mask_signals(). */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_abandon_line() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ void _gl_abandon_line(GetLine *gl) { gl->endline = 1; gl->pending_io = GLP_WRITE; } /*....................................................................... * How many characters are needed to write a number as an octal string? * * Input: * num unsigned The to be measured. * Output: * return int The number of characters needed. */ static int gl_octal_width(unsigned num) { int n; /* The number of characters needed to render the number */ for(n=1; num /= 8; n++) ; return n; } /*....................................................................... * Tell gl_get_line() the current terminal size. Note that this is only * necessary on systems where changes in terminal size aren't reported * via SIGWINCH. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * ncolumn int The number of columns in the terminal. * nline int The number of lines in the terminal. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_set_term_size(GetLine *gl, int ncolumn, int nline) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry */ /* to this function */ int status; /* The return status */ /* * Block all signals while accessing gl. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Install the new terminal size. */ status = _gl_set_term_size(gl, ncolumn, nline); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the gl_set_term_size() function. It * assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_set_term_size(GetLine *gl, int ncolumn, int nline) { /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Reject non-sensical dimensions. */ if(ncolumn <= 0 || nline <= 0) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Invalid terminal size", END_ERR_MSG); errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Install the new dimensions in the terminal driver if possible, so * that future calls to gl_query_size() get the new value. */ #ifdef TIOCSWINSZ if(gl->is_term) { struct winsize size; size.ws_row = nline; size.ws_col = ncolumn; size.ws_xpixel = 0; size.ws_ypixel = 0; if(ioctl(gl->output_fd, TIOCSWINSZ, &size) == -1) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, "Can't change terminal size", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; }; #endif /* * If an input line is in the process of being edited, redisplay it to * accomodate the new dimensions, and record the new dimensions in * gl->nline and gl->ncolumn. */ return gl_handle_tty_resize(gl, ncolumn, nline); } /*....................................................................... * Record a character in the input line buffer at a given position. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * c char The character to be recorded. * bufpos int The index in the buffer at which to record the * character. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Insufficient room. */ static int gl_buffer_char(GetLine *gl, char c, int bufpos) { /* * Guard against buffer overruns. */ if(bufpos >= gl->linelen) return 1; /* * Record the new character. */ gl->line[bufpos] = c; /* * If the new character was placed beyond the end of the current input * line, update gl->ntotal to reflect the increased number of characters * that are in gl->line, and terminate the string. */ if(bufpos >= gl->ntotal) { gl->ntotal = bufpos+1; gl->line[gl->ntotal] = '\0'; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Copy a given string into the input buffer, overwriting the current * contents. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * s const char * The string to be recorded. * n int The number of characters to be copied from the * string. * bufpos int The index in the buffer at which to place the * the first character of the string. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - String truncated to fit. */ static int gl_buffer_string(GetLine *gl, const char *s, int n, int bufpos) { int nnew; /* The number of characters actually recorded */ int i; /* * How many of the characters will fit within the buffer? */ nnew = bufpos + n <= gl->linelen ? n : (gl->linelen - bufpos); /* * Record the first nnew characters of s[] in the buffer. */ for(i=0; intotal + n > gl->linelen) return 1; /* * Move everything including and beyond the character at 'start' * towards the end of the string. */ memmove(gl->line + start + n, gl->line + start, gl->ntotal - start + 1); /* * Update the recorded size of the line. */ gl->ntotal += n; return 1; } /*....................................................................... * Remove a given number of characters from the input buffer. This * involves moving the characters that follow the removed characters to * where the removed sub-string started in the input buffer. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * start int The first character to be removed. * n int The number of characters to remove. */ static void gl_remove_from_buffer(GetLine *gl, int start, int n) { memmove(gl->line + start, gl->line + start + n, gl->ntotal - start - n + 1); /* * Update the recorded size of the line. */ gl->ntotal -= n; } /*....................................................................... * Truncate the string in the input line buffer after a given number of * characters. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * n int The new length of the line. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - n > gl->linelen. */ static int gl_truncate_buffer(GetLine *gl, int n) { if(n > gl->linelen) return 1; gl->line[n] = '\0'; gl->ntotal = n; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * When the contents of gl->line[] are changed without calling any of the * gl_ buffer manipulation functions, this function must be called to * compute the length of this string, and ancillary information. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). */ static void gl_update_buffer(GetLine *gl) { int len; /* The length of the line */ /* * Measure the length of the input line. */ for(len=0; len <= gl->linelen && gl->line[len]; len++) ; /* * Just in case the string wasn't correctly terminated, do so here. */ gl->line[len] = '\0'; /* * Record the number of characters that are now in gl->line[]. */ gl->ntotal = len; /* * Ensure that the cursor stays within the bounds of the modified * input line. */ if(gl->buff_curpos > gl->ntotal) gl->buff_curpos = gl->ntotal; /* * Arrange for the input line to be redrawn. */ gl_queue_redisplay(gl); return; } /*....................................................................... * Erase the displayed input line, including its prompt, and leave the * cursor where the erased line started. Note that to allow this * function to be used when responding to a terminal resize, this * function is designed to work even if the horizontal cursor position * doesn't match the internally recorded position. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_erase_line(GetLine *gl) { /* * Is a line currently displayed? */ if(gl->displayed) { /* * Relative the the start of the input line, which terminal line of * the current input line is the cursor currently on? */ int cursor_line = gl->term_curpos / gl->ncolumn; /* * Move the cursor to the start of the line. */ for( ; cursor_line > 0; cursor_line--) { if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->up)) return 1; }; if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->bol)) return 1; /* * Clear from the start of the line to the end of the terminal. */ if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, gl->nline, gl->clear_eod)) return 1; /* * Mark the line as no longer displayed. */ gl_line_erased(gl); }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Arrange for the input line to be redisplayed by gl_flush_output(), * as soon as the output queue becomes empty. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). */ static void gl_queue_redisplay(GetLine *gl) { gl->redisplay = 1; gl->pending_io = GLP_WRITE; } /*....................................................................... * Truncate the displayed input line starting from the current * terminal cursor position, and leave the cursor at the end of the * truncated line. The input-line buffer is not affected. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_truncate_display(GetLine *gl) { /* * Keep a record of the current terminal cursor position. */ int term_curpos = gl->term_curpos; /* * First clear from the cursor to the end of the current input line. */ if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->clear_eol)) return 1; /* * If there is more than one line displayed, go to the start of the * next line and clear from there to the end of the display. Note that * we can't use clear_eod to do the whole job of clearing from the * current cursor position to the end of the terminal because * clear_eod is only defined when used at the start of a terminal line * (eg. with gnome terminals, clear_eod clears from the start of the * current terminal line, rather than from the current cursor * position). */ if(gl->term_len / gl->ncolumn > gl->term_curpos / gl->ncolumn) { if(gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->down) || gl_print_control_sequence(gl, 1, gl->bol) || gl_print_control_sequence(gl, gl->nline, gl->clear_eod)) return 1; /* * Where is the cursor now? */ gl->term_curpos = gl->ncolumn * (term_curpos / gl->ncolumn + 1); /* * Restore the cursor position. */ gl_set_term_curpos(gl, term_curpos); }; /* * Update the recorded position of the final character. */ gl->term_len = gl->term_curpos; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Return the set of all trappable signals. * * Input: * signals sigset_t * The set of signals will be recorded in * *signals. */ static void gl_list_trappable_signals(sigset_t *signals) { /* * Start with the set of all signals. */ sigfillset(signals); /* * Remove un-trappable signals from this set. */ #ifdef SIGKILL sigdelset(signals, SIGKILL); #endif #ifdef SIGSTOP sigdelset(signals, SIGSTOP); #endif } /*....................................................................... * Read an input line from a non-interactive input stream. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int 0 - OK * 1 - Error. */ static int gl_read_stream_line(GetLine *gl) { char c = '\0'; /* The latest character read from fp */ /* * Record the fact that we are about to read input. */ gl->pending_io = GLP_READ; /* * If we are starting a new line, reset the line-input parameters. */ if(gl->endline) gl_reset_input_line(gl); /* * Read one character at a time. */ while(gl->ntotal < gl->linelen && c != '\n') { /* * Attempt to read one more character. */ switch(gl_read_input(gl, &c)) { case GL_READ_OK: break; case GL_READ_EOF: /* Reached end-of-file? */ /* * If any characters were read before the end-of-file condition, * interpolate a newline character, so that the caller sees a * properly terminated line. Otherwise return an end-of-file * condition. */ if(gl->ntotal > 0) { c = '\n'; } else { gl_record_status(gl, GLR_EOF, 0); return 1; }; break; case GL_READ_BLOCKED: /* Input blocked? */ gl_record_status(gl, GLR_BLOCKED, BLOCKED_ERRNO); return 1; break; case GL_READ_ERROR: /* I/O error? */ return 1; break; }; /* * Append the character to the line buffer. */ if(gl_buffer_char(gl, c, gl->ntotal)) return 1; }; /* * Was the end of the input line reached before running out of buffer space? */ gl->endline = (c == '\n'); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * Read a single character from a non-interactive input stream. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int The character, or EOF on error. */ static int gl_read_stream_char(GetLine *gl) { char c = '\0'; /* The latest character read from fp */ int retval = EOF; /* The return value of this function */ /* * Arrange to discard any incomplete input line. */ _gl_abandon_line(gl); /* * Record the fact that we are about to read input. */ gl->pending_io = GLP_READ; /* * Attempt to read one more character. */ switch(gl_read_input(gl, &c)) { case GL_READ_OK: /* Success */ retval = c; break; case GL_READ_BLOCKED: /* The read blocked */ gl_record_status(gl, GLR_BLOCKED, BLOCKED_ERRNO); retval = EOF; /* Failure */ break; case GL_READ_EOF: /* End of file reached */ gl_record_status(gl, GLR_EOF, 0); retval = EOF; /* Failure */ break; case GL_READ_ERROR: retval = EOF; /* Failure */ break; }; return retval; } /*....................................................................... * Bind a key sequence to a given action. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * origin GlKeyOrigin The originator of the key binding. * key const char * The key-sequence to be bound (or unbound). * action const char * The name of the action to bind the key to, * or either NULL or "" to unbind the * key-sequence. * Output: * return int 0 - OK * 1 - Error. */ int gl_bind_keyseq(GetLine *gl, GlKeyOrigin origin, const char *keyseq, const char *action) { KtBinder binder; /* The private internal equivalent of 'origin' */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !keyseq) { errno = EINVAL; if(gl) _err_record_msg(gl->err, "NULL argument(s)", END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; /* * An empty action string requests that the key-sequence be unbound. * This is indicated to _kt_set_keybinding() by passing a NULL action * string, so convert an empty string to a NULL action pointer. */ if(action && *action=='\0') action = NULL; /* * Translate the public originator enumeration to the private equivalent. */ binder = origin==GL_USER_KEY ? KTB_USER : KTB_NORM; /* * Bind the action to a given key-sequence? */ if(keyseq && _kt_set_keybinding(gl->bindings, binder, keyseq, action)) { _err_record_msg(gl->err, _kt_last_error(gl->bindings), END_ERR_MSG); return 1; }; return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is the public wrapper around the gl_clear_termina() function. * It clears the terminal and leaves the cursor at the home position. * In server I/O mode, the next call to gl_get_line() will also * redisplay the current input line. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_erase_terminal(GetLine *gl) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry */ /* to this function */ int status; /* The return status */ /* * Block all signals while accessing gl. */ gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset); /* * Clear the terminal. */ status = gl_clear_screen(gl, 1, NULL); /* * Attempt to flush the clear-screen control codes to the terminal. * If this doesn't complete the job, the next call to gl_get_line() * will. */ (void) gl_flush_output(gl); /* * Restore the process signal mask before returning. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This function must be called by any function that erases the input * line. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). */ static void gl_line_erased(GetLine *gl) { gl->displayed = 0; gl->term_curpos = 0; gl->term_len = 0; } /*....................................................................... * Append a specified line to the history list. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * line const char * The line to be added. * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_append_history(GetLine *gl, const char *line) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry */ /* to this function */ int status; /* The return status */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl || !line) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Execute the private body of the function while signals are blocked. */ status = _gl_append_history(gl, line); /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return status; } /*....................................................................... * This is the private body of the public function, gl_append_history(). * It assumes that the caller has checked its arguments and blocked the * delivery of signals. */ static int _gl_append_history(GetLine *gl, const char *line) { int status =_glh_add_history(gl->glh, line, 0); if(status) _err_record_msg(gl->err, _glh_last_error(gl->glh), END_ERR_MSG); return status; } /*....................................................................... * Enable or disable the automatic addition of newly entered lines to the * history list. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of gl_get_line(). * enable int If true, subsequently entered lines will * automatically be added to the history list * before they are returned to the caller of * gl_get_line(). If 0, the choice of how and * when to archive lines in the history list, * is left up to the calling application, which * can do so via calls to gl_append_history(). * Output: * return int 0 - OK. * 1 - Error. */ int gl_automatic_history(GetLine *gl, int enable) { sigset_t oldset; /* The signals that were blocked on entry */ /* to this function */ /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return 1; }; /* * Block all signals. */ if(gl_mask_signals(gl, &oldset)) return 1; /* * Execute the private body of the function while signals are blocked. */ gl->automatic_history = enable; /* * Restore the process signal mask. */ gl_unmask_signals(gl, &oldset); return 0; } /*....................................................................... * This is a public function that reads a single uninterpretted * character from the user, without displaying anything. * * Input: * gl GetLine * A resource object previously returned by * new_GetLine(). * Output: * return int The character that was read, or EOF if the read * had to be aborted (in which case you can call * gl_return_status() to find out why). */ int gl_read_char(GetLine *gl) { int retval; /* The return value of _gl_read_char() */ /* * This function can be called from application callback functions, * so check whether signals have already been masked, so that we don't * do it again, and overwrite gl->old_signal_set. */ int was_masked = gl->signals_masked; /* * Check the arguments. */ if(!gl) { errno = EINVAL; return EOF; }; /* * Temporarily block all of the signals that we have been asked to trap. */ if(!was_masked && gl_mask_signals(gl, &gl->old_signal_set)) return EOF; /* * Perform the character reading task. */ retval = _gl_read_char(gl); /* * Restore the process signal mask to how it was when this function was * first called. */ if(!was_masked) gl_unmask_signals(gl, &gl->old_signal_set); return retval; } /*....................................................................... * This is the main body of the public function gl_read_char(). */ static int _gl_read_char(GetLine *gl) { int retval = EOF; /* The return value */ int waserr = 0; /* True if an error occurs */ char c; /* The character read */ /* * This function can be called from application callback functions, * so check whether signals have already been overriden, so that we don't * overwrite the preserved signal handlers with gl_get_line()s. Also * record whether we are currently in raw I/O mode or not, so that this * can be left in the same state on leaving this function. */ int was_overriden = gl->signals_overriden; int was_raw = gl->raw_mode; /* * Also keep a record of the direction of any I/O that gl_get_line() * is awaiting, so that we can restore this status on return. */ GlPendingIO old_pending_io = gl->pending_io; /* * Assume that this call will successfully complete the input operation * until proven otherwise. */ gl_clear_status(gl); /* * If this is the first call to this function or gl_get_line(), * since new_GetLine(), complete any postponed configuration. */ if(!gl->configured) { (void) _gl_configure_getline(gl, NULL, NULL, TECLA_CONFIG_FILE); gl->configured = 1; }; /* * Before installing our signal handler functions, record the fact * that there are no pending signals. */ gl_pending_signal = -1; /* * Temporarily override the signal handlers of the calling program, * so that we can intercept signals that would leave the terminal * in a bad state. */ if(!was_overriden) waserr = gl_override_signal_handlers(gl); /* * After recording the current terminal settings, switch the terminal * into raw input mode, without redisplaying any partially entered input * line. */ if(!was_raw) waserr = waserr || _gl_raw_io(gl, 0); /* * Attempt to read the line. This will require more than one attempt if * either a current temporary input file is opened by gl_get_input_line() * or the end of a temporary input file is reached by gl_read_stream_line(). */ while(!waserr) { /* * Read a line from a non-interactive stream? */ if(gl->file_fp || !gl->is_term) { retval = gl_read_stream_char(gl); if(retval != EOF) { /* Success? */ break; } else if(gl->file_fp) { /* End of temporary input file? */ gl_revert_input(gl); gl_record_status(gl, GLR_NEWLINE, 0); } else { /* An error? */ waserr = 1; break; }; }; /* * Read from the terminal? Note that the above if() block may have * changed gl->file_fp, so it is necessary to retest it here, rather * than using an else statement. */ if(!gl->file_fp && gl->is_term) { /* * Flush any pending output to the terminal before waiting * for the user to type a character. */ if(_glq_char_count(gl->cq) > 0 && gl_flush_output(gl)) { retval = EOF; /* * Read one character. Don't append it to the key buffer, since * this would subseuqnely appear as bogus input to the line editor. */ } else if(gl_read_terminal(gl, 0, &c) == 0) { /* * Record the character for return. */ retval = c; /* * In this mode, count each character as being a new key-sequence. */ gl->keyseq_count++; /* * Delete the character that was read, from the key-press buffer. */ gl_discard_chars(gl, 1); }; if(retval==EOF) waserr = 1; else break; }; }; /* * If an error occurred, but gl->rtn_status is still set to * GLR_NEWLINE, change the status to GLR_ERROR. Otherwise * leave it at whatever specific value was assigned by the function * that aborted input. This means that only functions that trap * non-generic errors have to remember to update gl->rtn_status * themselves. */ if(waserr && gl->rtn_status == GLR_NEWLINE) gl_record_status(gl, GLR_ERROR, errno); /* * Restore terminal settings, if they were changed by this function. */ if(!was_raw && gl->io_mode != GL_SERVER_MODE) _gl_normal_io(gl); /* * Restore the signal handlers, if they were overriden by this function. */ if(!was_overriden) gl_restore_signal_handlers(gl); /* * If this function gets aborted early, the errno value associated * with the event that caused this to happen is recorded in * gl->rtn_errno. Since errno may have been overwritten by cleanup * functions after this, restore its value to the value that it had * when the error condition occured, so that the caller can examine it * to find out what happened. */ errno = gl->rtn_errno; /* * Error conditions are signalled to the caller, by setting the returned * character to EOF. */ if(gl->rtn_status != GLR_NEWLINE) retval = EOF; /* * Restore the indication of what direction of I/O gl_get_line() * was awaiting before this call. */ gl->pending_io = old_pending_io; /* * Return the acquired character. */ return retval; } /*....................................................................... * Reset the GetLine completion status. This function should be called * at the start of gl_get_line(), gl_read_char() and gl_query_char() * to discard the completion status and non-zero errno value of any * preceding calls to these functions. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this module. */ static void gl_clear_status(GetLine *gl) { gl_record_status(gl, GLR_NEWLINE, 0); } /*....................................................................... * When an error or other event causes gl_get_line() to return, this * function should be called to record information about what * happened, including the value of errno and the value that * gl_return_status() should return. * * Input: * gl GetLine * The resource object of this module. * rtn_status GlReturnStatus The completion status. To clear a * previous abnormal completion status, * specify GLR_NEWLINE (this is what * gl_clear_status() does). * rtn_errno int The associated value of errno. */ static void gl_record_status(GetLine *gl, GlReturnStatus rtn_status, int rtn_errno) { /* * If rtn_status==GLR_NEWLINE, then this resets the completion status, so we * should always heed this. Otherwise, only record the first abnormal * condition that occurs after such a reset. */ if(rtn_status == GLR_NEWLINE || gl->rtn_status == GLR_NEWLINE) { gl->rtn_status = rtn_status; gl->rtn_errno = rtn_errno; }; }